Founder’s Message

Dear Student,
I am delighted to present to you a Ready Reckoner and an amazing book to guide you for your
exams-‘TATVA’. Tatva—which means the ‘Core’ is fully aligned with the culture, the mission, and the
vision of Vedantu and therefore it gives me immense pleasure and joy to share this book with you. We
at Vedantu have always believed in revolutionizing the teaching and learning process and always
speedily progressed in the direction of bringing superior quality education and content to your table.
Tatva is a step forward in this direction. This book is your guide, your practice guru, and your
companion in moving towards your dreams. The book is a result of the consistent effort, diligence, and
research by our experienced team of subject experts and teachers.
This book has been customized with curated content to suit the needs of JEE aspirants like you and
guide you on the right path to cracking JEE and optimizing your efficiency. Tatva is a comprehensive
amalgamation of important concepts, theories, derivations, definitions, concept videos, practice
questions, and chapterwise PYQs. We have ensured that high-quality content and the right
ingredients are in place in this booklet to help you climb up the success ladder.
A few guiding points to optimally use Tatva with a planned approach:
Tatva equips you with Theory, Concept Videos, and Graded Exercises to help you revise concepts,
mark your notes, walk you through the entire summary, and eventually makes you capable of
clearing all your conceptual doubts all by yourself.
We suggest revision of theory followed by practice of exercises.
Practice relevant questions daily after finishing Vedantu lectures and session assignments. We
believe that a daily dose of Tatva will keep all your exam blues at bay.
Use the Tatva booklet to mark notes so that it always comes in handy for last-minute revision
sessions before your exams. Notes should include key points of theory, exercises, and some
questions which you couldn't solve in the first attempt.
Exercise 1 and Exercise 2 of JEE Tatva deal with basic questions and those which can be asked or
already asked in JEE Main. Similarly, Exercise 3 and Exercise 4 deal with JEE Advanced level
questions. We recommend you solve basic JEE Main questions before moving to JEE Advanced
level questions.
Before wrapping up, the practice mantra: “Don't practice until you get it right. Practice until you
can't get it wrong.”

We strongly believe in you and your capabilities. So believe in yourself

because success is only one step away. Wishing that your talent shines
bright. All the very best!

Anand Prakash
Founder and Academic Head, Vedantu
[email protected]

Anand Prakash Sir has been a pioneer in producing Top Ranks in JEE/NEET
and Olympiads. He has personally taught and mentored AIR 1, 6, 7 (JEE
Advanced), AIR-1, 7, 9(AIIMS), and thousands of more students who have
successfully cleared these competitive exams in the last few years.
Published On:
February 2025

Published by:
Vedantu Innovations Pvt. Ltd.
D. No. 1081, 3rd Floor, Vistar
Arcade,14th Main Rd, Sector 3,
HSR Layout Bangalore, Karnataka,
India 560102 www.vedantu.com

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by
any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any
information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers.
Notice: Vedantu is committed to serving students with the best resources and
knowledge. Bearing that in mind, we have obtained all the information in this book from
sources regarded as reliable, and taken utmost care in editing and printing this book.
However, as authors and publishers, we are not to be held responsible for unintentional
mistakes that might have crept in. Having stated that, errors (if any) brought to our notice
shall be gratefully acknowledged and rectified in upcoming editions.

Printed by:
Sanjay Printers, U.P.
[email protected]
MASTER INDEX

VOLUME 1:
Structure of an Atom
Periodic Properties
Chemical Bonding
Mole & Equivalent concept

VOLUME 2:
Redox Reactions
General Organic Chemistry
Hydrocarbons
Thermodynamics and Thermochemistry

VOLUME 3:
Chemical Equilibrium
Ionic Equilibrium
p-Block (group 13 and 14)

VOLUME 4:
Gaseous State
Hydrogen
s- Block
Environmental Chemistry
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gaseous state

Theory ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 7

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions........................................................................................................................... 17

Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ....................................................................................................... 24

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions ............................................................................................................ 26
Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ........................................................................................... 34
Answer Key ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 126

Hydrogen

Theory ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 42

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions........................................................................................................................... 56

Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ....................................................................................................... 63

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions ............................................................................................................ 66
Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ........................................................................................... 72
Answer Key ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 128
 S-Block

Theory ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 74

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions........................................................................................................................... 85

Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ....................................................................................................... 91

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions ............................................................................................................ 96
Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ........................................................................................... 101
Answer Key ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 130

ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY

Theory ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 104

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions.......................................................................................................................... 112

Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAINS Questions .................................................................................................... 121

Answer Key ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 132
GASEOUS STATE
 Chapter 12
7

GASEOUS STATE

INTRODUCTION
Any substance that has mass and occupies space is called Matter.
Matter is composed of atoms or molecules. The arrangement of
these building blocks gives matter’s various states, physical and
chemical properties. The force of interaction between these
particles give matter its physical properties based on which matter
can be classified into solid, liquid or gases. The force of interaction
between atoms molecules is highest in solids and least in gases. Ion-dipole attractions between Na+ and H2O
In this unit, we will learn more about these two physical states of molecules and Cl– ion and H2O molecules
matter particularly liquid and gaseous states.
1.3 Ion-Induced Dipole Interactions
1. INTERMOLECULAR FORCES A non-polar molecule may be polarized by the presence of an ion
near it, i.e., it becomes an induced dipole. The interactions between
The forces of attraction existing among the molecules of a
them are called ion-induced dipole interactions.
substance (gaseous, liquid or solid) are called intermolecular
forces.
Dipole-dipole, dipole-induced dipole and dispersion forces are
collectively called as van der Waals forces. Ion-dipole and ion- Ion-induced dipole attractions
induced dipole forces are not van der Waals forces. Further,
between NO3 ion and I2 molecule
hydrogen bonding is only a special type of dipole-dipole
attraction shown only by limited number of elements. For example, in the presence of nitrate ion (NO3 ) , iodine molecule
The different types of intermolecular forces are :  
(I2), which is non-polar, gets polarized as ( I  I) as shown in fig.
1.1 Dipole-Dipole Interactions
These forces of attraction occur among the polar molecules. Polar 1.4 Dipole-Induced Dipole Interactions
molecules have parmanent dipoles. The positive pole of one A non-polar molecule may be polarized by the presence of a polar
molecule is thus attracted by the negative pole of the other molecule (dipole) near it, thereby making it an induced dipole.
molecule. The interactions between them are then called dipole-induced
HCl in which chlorine being more electronegative acquires a slight dipole interactions.
negative charge whereas the hydrogen end becomes slightly
positively charged. The dipole-dipole interactions then take place
among the HCl molecules :

Dipole-induced dipole attractions

For example, noble gases get polarized in the presence of polar
molecules.

Dipole- Dipole attractions 1.5 London Forces or Dispersion Forces

At any instant of time, the electron cloud of the molecule may be
1.2 Ion-Dipole Interactions
distorted so that an instantaneous dipole or momentary dipole
This is the attraction between an ion (cation or anion) and a polar (i.e., a dipole for a short while) is produced in which one part of
molecule. For example, when NaCl is dissolved in water, the polar the molecule is slightly more negative than the rest. The
water molecules are attracted towards Na+ ion as well as towards momentary dipoles induce dipoles in the neighbouring molecules.
Cl– ion. These are then attracted to each other. The forces of attraction

SCAN CODE
GASEOUS STATE
GASEOUS STATE 8
between the induced momentary dipoles are called London 2. The molecules of the gas undergo random motion colliding
dispersion forces. with each other and the walls of the container
3. Laws of classical mechanics are applicable on the molecules.

4. STATE OF A GAS AND STATE VARIABLES

“State” of a gas means the physical condition of the system.
Certain variables are used to represent physical condition of the
gas which are termed as state variables.
Forces of attraction between momentary dipoles and induced
There are majorly three variables for a given sample of a gas, i.e.
dipoles (London forces) in helium atoms Pressure, Volume and Temperature (P, V and T). When the values of
2. INTERMOLECULAR FORCES VERSUS THERMAL these three parameters are fixed for a gas, we say it to be in a fixed
state.
ENERGY
4.1 Pressure
Whether a substance will exist as a solid or a liquid or a gas is the
A force is exerted on the walls of the container due to the collisions
result of competition between :
of the atoms/molecules. This force averaged per unit area is called
(i) intermolecular forces, i.e., the forces of interaction between the pressure.
the molecules of that substance which try to bring the
4.1.1 Measurement of Pressure of a Gas
molecules closer, and
The most common instrument used to measure the pressure of a
(ii) thermal energy possessed by the molecules due to
gas is called a barometer. Another instrument used to measure
temperature which results into the movement of the molecules
pressure is manometer.
and hence tries to keep them apart.
4.2 Volume
In case of rigid containers, the volume of the gas is same as the
volume of the container it is kept in. However, for containers which
can expand (e.g. balloon), the volume of the gas is determined by
the other two state functions and moles of the gas taken.
3. IDEAL GAS 4.3 Temperature

An ideal gas is a hypothetical concept of matter and is treated as Temperature is a measure of the amount of heat contained in the
a standard of comparison while studying the various states of gas. When the temperature of the gas equals the surrounding
matter. There are various assumptions associated with an ideal temperature, no heat flows in or out of the gas and the gas is said
gas. The most notable of these assumptions are: to be in a state of Thermal Equilibrium.

1. Volume of the molecules are infinitely small and the force of 4.3.1 Measurement of Temperature
interaction between the molecules is zero The instrument used to measure the temperature of a gas is called
a thermometer. There are three units used in measuring temperature
viz. oC, oF and K.

Pressure relations Temperature relations Volume relations

1 atm = 1.0132 × 105 Pa 1.8 T (0C) = T (0F) – 32 1 L = 1000 mL

1 bar = 105 Pa T (K) = T (0C) + 273.15 1 m3 = 1000 L
76 cm Hg = 1 atm =760 mm Hg 1 mL = 1 cc
1 torr = 1 mm Hg 1 dm3 = 1 L
1 kPa = 1000 Pa

SCAN CODE
GASEOUS STATE
 GASEOUS STATE 9
5. IDEAL GAS LAW P
  constant
T
There are four laws which relate the state variables of a gas in two
states. These four laws are : Each line of pressure vs temperature graph is called isochore.
5.1 Boyle’s Law (Pressure – Volume Relationship)
It states that at constant temperature, the pressure of a fixed
amount (i.e. number of moles n) of gas varies inversely with its
volume. This is known as Boyle’s law. Mathematically,
1
p  (at constant T and n)
V
PV = constant
 p1V1 = p2V2

5.4 Avogadro Law (Volume - Amount Relationship)

It states that equal volumes of all gases under the same conditions
of temperature and pressure contain equal number of molecules.
Mathematically
V  n where n is the number of moles of the gas.

6. IDEAL GAS EQUATION

Graph of pressure, p vs. Volume, V of The above laws can be combined together in a single equation
which is known as ideal gas equation.
a gas at different temperature
Each curve corresponds to a different constant temperature and 1
At constant T and n; V  Boyle’s Law
is known as an isotherm. p
5.2 Charles’s Law (Temperature - Volume Relationship)
At constant p and n; V  T Charles’s Law
It states the pressure remaining constant, the volume of a fixed
At constant p and T; V  n Avogadro Law
mass of a gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature.
nT
Thus, V 
p

nT
 VR
p

where R is proportionality constant. On rearranging the equation

we obtain
pV = n RT
This equation is called ideal gas equation.

pV
Each line of the volume vs temperature graph is called isobar.  R
nT
5.3 Gay Lussac’s Law (Pressure-Temperature Relationship)
R is called gas constant. It is same for all gases. Therefore it is
It states that at constant volume, pressure of a fixed amount of a also called universal gas constant.
gas varies directly with the temperature. Mathematically,
Values of R :
pT
(i) R = 8.314 J K–1 mol–1, (ii) R = 0.0821 L atm K–1 mol–1.

SCAN CODE
GASEOUS STATE
GASEOUS STATE 10
(iii) R = 2 cal K–1 mol–1. n 2 RT
p2 
V
If temperature, volume and pressure of a fixed amount of gas
vary from T1, V1 and p1 to T2, V2 and p2 then we can write
n 3 RT
p3 
p1V1 p V V
 nR and 2 2  nR
T1 T2 where n1 n2 and n3 are number of moles of these gases. Thus
expression for total pressure will be
p1V1 p 2 V2
  pTotal = p1 + p2 + p3
T1 T2
RT RT RT
This equation is alos known as combined gas law.  n1  n2  n3
V V V
7. VARIATION OF THE IDEAL GAS EQUATION
RT
 (n1  n 2  n 3 )
Ideal gas equation can be rearranged as follows : V

n p On dividing p1 by ptotal we get


V RT
p1  n1  RTV
 
Replacing n by
m
, we get
p total  n1  n 2  n 3  RTV
M
n1 n
m p   1  x1
 n1  n 2  n 3 n
MV RT
where n = n1 + n2 + n3
d p
 (where d is the density) x1 is called mole fraction of first gas.
M RT
Thus, p1 = x1 ptotal
 pM  dRT
Similarly for other two gases we can write
8. DALTON’S LAW OF PARTIAL PRESSURES p2 = x2 ptotal and p3 = x3 ptotal

It states that the total pressure exerted by the mixture of non- Thus a general equation can be written as
reactive gases is equal to the sum of the partial pressures of pi = xi ptotal
individual gases i.e., the pressures which these gases would exert
if they were enclosed separately in the same volume and under 9. GRAHAM’S LAW OF DIFFUSION
the same conditions of temperature. In a mixture of gases, the Diffusion is a process of intermixing of gases. This is a natural
pressure exerted by the individual gas is called partial pressure. tendency of any gas to occupy the whole volume available to it.
Mathematically, So even without pressure difference gases mix with each other.
pTotal = p1 + p2 + p3 + ..... (at constant T, V) If the pressure difference is increased the diffusion process
where pTotal is the total pressure exerted by the mixture of gases becomes faster.
and p1, p2, p3 etc. are partial pressures of gases. Effusion is flow of a gas through small openings due to pressure
difference that is it is a case of fast diffusion.
Partial pressure in terms of mole fraction
Suppose at the temperature T, three gases, enclosed in the volume
V, exert partial pressure p1, p2 and p3 respectively. then,

n1RT
p1 
V

SCAN CODE
GASEOUS STATE
 GASEOUS STATE 11
(a) Diffusion is mixing of gas molecules by random motion under (vi) At any particular time, different particles in the gas have
conditions where molecular collisions occur. different speeds and hence different kinetic energies.
(b) Effusion is the escape of a gas through a pinhole without It is possible to show that though the individual speeds are
molecular collisions. changing, the distribution of speeds remains constant at a
According to Graham’s Law the rate of diffusion depends on particular temperature.
pressure and molecular weight of a gas. Rate of Diffusion is If a molecule has variable speed, then it must have a variable
directly proportional to Partial Pressure of the gas and inversely kinetic energy. Under these circumstances, we can talk only about
proportional to the square root of molar mass of the gas. That is, average kinetic energy. In kinetic theory it is assumed that average
greater the pressure faster is the movement of molecules and kinetic energy of the gas molecules is directly proportional to the
heavier the molecules, slower are their movement. absolute temperature.
Rate of diffusion  P (partial pressure) The important mathematical results from this Theory are ;
K.E. per mole = 3/2 nRT
Also,  1/ M
K.E. per molecule = 3/2 kT
Therefore we can write:
where R = 8.314 J mol-1 K-1 and k = R/NA = 1.38 × 10–23 J/K
Rate, r  P/ M
11. MOLECULAR DISTRIBUTION OF SPEEDS
Rate of diffusion may be defined in various ways. It may be
number of moles transferred per unit time, Volume transferred (Maxwell Boltzmann Distribution)
per unit time, distance travelled per unit time and even pressure The Maxwell Boltzmann Distribution is a plot of fraction of
drop per unit time. While comparing the rates of two gases, we molecules in the gas sample vs. the speed of the gas molecules.
should take similar definitions of rate, it may be n/t, V/t or d/t. The distribution is shown below followed by the salient features
r2 P2 M1 of the graph.

r1 P1 M2
Graham’s Law can be applied to diffusion and effusion both.

10. KINETIC THEORY OF GASES

Assumptions or postulates of the kinetic-molecular theory of
gases are given below. These postulates are related to atoms
and molecules which cannot be seen, hence it is said to provide
a microscopic model of gases.
(i) Gases consist of large number of identical particles (atoms
or molecules) that are so small and so far apart on the average
that the actual volume of the molecules is negligible in
The graph shows that :
comparison to the empty space between them.
1. The fraction of molecules having very low or very high speeds
(ii) There is no force of attraction between the particles of a gas
is very less.
at ordinary temperature and pressure.
2. Most of the molecules have a speed somewhere in the middle,
(iii) Particles of a gas are always in constant and random motion.
this is called the most probable speed. (MP)
(iv) Particles of a gas move in all possible directions in straight
3. The area covered between any two velocities is the number
lines. During their random motion, they collide with each
of molecules in that velocity range.
other and with the walls of the container. Pressure is exerted
by the gas as a result of collision of the particles with the 4. The total area covered by the graph gives the total number of
walls of the container. molecules in the sample and is constant.
(v) Collisons of gas molecules are perfectly elastic. This means 5. There are two more molecular speeds defined for a sample
that total energy of molecules before and after the collision called average speed (uAVG) and root mean square speed
remains same. (uRMS)

SCAN CODE
GASEOUS STATE
GASEOUS STATE 12
3RT 2RT 8RT than expected thus Z > 1.
uRMS  uMP  uAVG 
M M M Z is always 1 for ideal gases.
It’s useful to remember the ratio of uMP : uAVG: uRMS = 1:1.128:1.224 For real gases Z = PV/nRT.
for a given gas at the same temperature. 13.1 Variation of Z with P and T
12. REAL GASES The graph of compressibility factor, Z, with pressure for an ideal
gas is a straight line. However, for real gases the value of Z is <1
In case of real gases two of assumption taken for ideal gases for low pressures and then Z becomes >1 as pressure increases
become invalid or restricted only to some particular conditions. and keeps on increasing. On increasing the temperature the graph
(i) We assumed that there are no interactions between molecules tends more towards Z=1 i.e. ideal gas.
of an ideal gas.
(ii) We assumed that volume of the molecules of a gas is negligible
as compare to entire volume of gases.
In case of real gases, we cannot ignore the molecular interactions
any more.
There are two types of forces of interaction :
Long Ranged attractive forces & Short Ranged repulsive forces
When the molecules of a real gas are far apart, the interactive
forces are negligible. When the molecules are brought closer to
each other attractive forces start to develop and when the molecules
are too close they start repelling each other. The following curve It can be concluded from the above graphs that real gas follows
represents the variation of potential energy of a system of two ideal behavior at low pressure and high temperature. This does
molecules of a real gas with distance between them. not mean that if you keep on increasing the temperature a real
gas will convert to ideal gas. There is a characteristic temperature
at which a gas follows ideal behavior most closely; this is called
Boyle’s temperature.

14. VANDER WAAL’S EQUATION

This equation was formulated taking into account correction
factors for pressure and volume into the ideal gas equation.

 P  an V   V  nb   nRT
2
2

Constants a and b are called vander waals constants and their

value depends on the characteristic of a gas.
Charateristics of Vander Waals Constant :
13. COMPRESSIBILITY FACTOR
L2 atm L
The deviation from ideal behaviour can be measured in terms of (i) Unit of a  ;b
mol 2 mol
compressibility factor (Z).
(ii) a  Relates to the forces interacting between the gas
Z = Vm(real)/Vm(ideal) molecules and modifies the pressure term.
1. At very low pressures, there are no interactions between the (‘a’ is high if the gas molecules have more attractive
molecules of the real gas and Z = 1. forces)
2. At low or moderate pressure, there are attractive forces (iii) b  Relates to the volume occupied by the gas molecules
dominant due to which a real gas is compressed to a greater and takes into account the fact that the space actually
volume than expected, therefore Z < 1. occupied by the molecules themselves is unavailable
3. At high pressures, repulsions dominate and it is tough to for the molecules to move in and is given by :
compress the real gas so it is compressed to smaller volume b = 4 × volume of 1 mol of gas molecules.

SCAN CODE
GASEOUS STATE
 GASEOUS STATE 13
(iv) For a given gas Van der Waal’s constant ‘a’ is always Observations :
greater than ‘b’. 1. Above 48° C, all isotherms are smooth hyperbolic
(v) The gas having higher values of ‘a’ can be liquefied 2. At “T” above 31.01°C, but below 48°C the PV isotherms are
easily. badly distorted.
14.1 Applicability of Vander waal’s Equation 3. The gas shows signs of condensation, and suffers an
Under the conditions of high temperature and low/moderate appreciable change in the volume, even when the
pressure and also under very low pressure Z = 1 and the above pressure remains virtually unchanged.
equation becomes PVm = RT. 4. After the condensation is complete (at c'), the change in
14.2 At Low/Moderate Pressure volume with an increase in pressure is very small.

The volume correction factor can be ignored and Z<1 where the 5. Inside the dome-shaped curve, the liquid and the vapour
attractive forces dominate. The equation becomes: exist in equilibrium.
15.1 Critical Conditions for Liquefaction of Gases
 a 
Z  1   Critical Temperature, TC
 Vm RT 
The characteristic temperature of a real gas above which it cannot
14.3 At High Pressure
be liquefied.
The volume correction factor cannot be ignored but the pressure
TC = 8a/27Rb
correction factor can be ignored. Z > 1 and the equation is:
Critical Pressure, PC
P (Vm – b) = RT
It is the minimum pressure required for liquefaction to take place
 Pb  at critical temperature
 Z  1  
 RT 
PC = a/27b2
15. LIQUEFACTION OF GASES Critical Volume, VC

The phenomena of converting a gas into liquid is known as It is the volume occupied by one mole of a gas under critical
liquefaction. The liquefaction of gas is achieved by controlling P temperature and pressure.
and T as follows: VC = 3b
Increasing Pressure : An increase in pressure results in an NOTE
increase in attraction among molecules.
The compressibility factor at critical point is constant for
Decreasing Temperature : A decrease in temperature results in
decrease in kinetic energy of molecules. all gases and has a value of 0.375.

Behaviour of carbon dioxide near liquefaction temperature : For liquefication of real gases, we can do either of the following:

T. Andrews studied the behaviour of CO2 in the neighbourhood  Increase the pressure on the gas
of its liquefaction temperature.  Decrease the temperature of gas but temperature is the
dominant factor and pressure assumes a secondary role.

16. LIQUID STATE

Intermolecular forces are stronger in liquid state than in gaseous
state.
1. Properties of liquids : Molecules in liquids are so close that
there is very little empty space between them and under
normal conditions liquids are denser than gases.
2. Molecules of liquids are held together by attractive
intermolecular forces. Liquids have definite volume because
molecules do not separate from each other.

SCAN CODE
GASEOUS STATE
GASEOUS STATE 14
3. Molecules of liquids can move past one another freely, Some Important Results
therefore, liquids can flow, can be poured and can assume (i) Spherical shape of drops: the lowest energy state of a liquid
the shape of the container in which these are stored. will be when the surface area is minimum. Surface tension
4. Vapour pressure of a liquid at any temperature may be defined tries to decrease the surface area of the liquid to the minimum.
as the pressure exerted by the vapour present above the The drops of a liquid (or the bubbles of a gas) are spherical
liquid in equilibrium with the liquid at that temperature. because for a given volume, a sphere has minimum surface
Factors Affecting Vapour Pressure area.

Two important factors on which the vapour pressure of a liquids (ii) Fire polishing of glass: Sharp glass edges are heated to
depends are : make them smooth. This is because on heating, the glass
melts and takes up rounded shape at the edges which has
(a) Nature of the liquid : If the intermolecular forces of attraction
minimum surface area.
in the liquid are weak, the molecules can easily leave the
liquid and come into the vapour phase and hence the vapour (iii)Rise of a liquid in a capillary tube: This rise is obviously due
pressure is higher. to the inward pull of surface tension acting on the surface
which pushes the liquid into the capillary tube.
(b) Effect of temperature : As the temperature of a liquid is
increased, the vapour pressure of the liquid increases. (iv) Effect of nature of the liquid on surface tension: Surface
tension is a property that arises due to the intermolecular
Boiling point of a liquid is defined as the temperature at which
forces of attraction among the molecules of the liquid. Greater
the vapour pressure of the liquid becomes equal to the external
are the intermolecular forces of attraction, higher is the surface
pressure (i.e., the atmospheric pressure).
tension of that liquid.
When the external pressure is normal atmospheric pressure (i.e.,
(v) Effect of temperature on surface tension: The surface tension
760 mm), the boiling point is called the normal boiling point.
of liquids generally decreases with increase of temperature
When the external pressure is equal to 1 bar, the boiling point is and becomes zero at the critical temperature (where the
called standard boiling point of the liquid. meniscus between the liquid and the vapour disappears).
Some Applications of Effect of External Pressure on Boiling The decrease in surface tension with increase of temperature
Point is obviously due to the fact that with increase of temperature,
the kinetic energy of the molecules (and hence the speeds of
(i) Obviously, if the external pressure is higher, more heat will be
molecules) increases and, therefore, the intermolecular
required to make the vapour pressure equal to the external
attraction decreases.
pressure and hence higher will be the boiling point. That is
why in hospitals, surgical instrumnts are sterilized in 6. Viscosity is one of the characteristic properties of liquids.
autoclaves in which boiling point of water is raised by using Viscosity is a measure of resistance to flow which arises due
a weight to cover the vent. to the internal friction between layers of fluid as they slip
past one another while liquid flows.
(ii) Similarly, if the external pressure is decreased, the boiling
point is lowered. This is the reason that a liquid boils at a The type of flow in which there is a regular gradation of velocity
lower temperature on the top of a mountain (where pressure in passing from one layer to the next is called laminar flow.
is low) than on the sea shore. That is why at hills, use of If the velocity of the layer at a distance dz is changed by a value
pressure cooker is essential for cooking food. du then velocity gradient is given by the amount
5. Surface tension is a characteristic property of liquids which du/dz. A force is required to maintain the flow of layers. This
arises due to the fact that the molecules of the liquid at the force is proportional to the area of contact of layers and velocity
surface are in different situation than those in the interior of gradient i.e.
the liquid. F  A (A is the area of contact)
Surface tension of a liquid is defined as the force acting at right du du
angles to the surface along one centimetre length of the surface. F (where, is velocity gradient; the change in velocity
dz dz
Thus, the units of surface tension are dynes per cm (or Newtons with distance)
per metre, i.e., N m–1 in the S.I. system). du
F  A.
dz
du
 F  A
dz

SCAN CODE
GASEOUS STATE
 GASEOUS STATE 15
‘  ’ is proportional constant and is called coefficient of viscosity..
Viscosity coefficient is the force when velocity gradient is unity
and the area of contact is unit area. Thus ‘  ’ is measure of
viscosity. SI unit of viscosity coefficient is 1 newton second per
square metre (N s m–2) = pascal second (Pa s = 1kg m–1s–1). In cgs
system the unit of coefficient of viscosity is poise.
1 poise = 1 g cm–1s–1 = 10–1kg m–1s–1
(i) Greater the viscosity, the more slowly the liquid flows.
Hydrogen bonding and van der Waals forces are strong
enough to cause high viscosity. Glass is an extremely viscous
liquid.
(ii) Viscosity of liquids decreases as the temperature rises
because at high temperature molecules have high kinetic
energy and can overcome the intermolecular forces to slip Another arrangement to measure gas pressure is called “U-tube
past one another between the layers. manometer”.

17. MEASUREMENT OF PRESSURE OF A GAS

The pressure of a gas can be measured by various methods.
Mostly it is measured in terms of heights of liquid column. We
know that a liquid exerts pressure on the bottom of a container
or a tube due to gravity.
Suppose there is a liquid of density  filled in a tube (cross
sectional area A) up to a height h and there is vacuum above it.
Then :
Volume of the liquid = A × h
Mass of the liquid = × A × h
Force applied at the bottom = weight of the liquid
=  × g ×A× h
Pressure = F/A = gh
If a tube filled with a liquid is kept at an angle  then only the
vertical component of weight is taken.
Pressure = gh × sin
A common arrangement to measure pressure of a gas is called
“Barometer” as shown in the figure.
A mercury barometer is used to measure atmospheric pressure
by determining the height of a mercurry column supported in a
sealed glass tube.
Open-end manometers for measuring pressure in a gas-filled
bulb. In (a), the pressure in the bulb is lower than atmospheric,
so the mercury level is higher in the arm open to the bulb, in (b),
the pressure in the bulb is higher than atmospheric, so the
mercury level is higher in the arm open to the atmosphere.

SCAN CODE
GASEOUS STATE
GASEOUS STATE 16

SUMMARY

• Ideal gas Law’s : • Compressibility Factor, Z = Vreal/Videal

Boyle’s Law : PV = constant  P1V1 = P2V2 • Vander waal’s Equation :

Charles’ Law : V/T = constant  V1/T1 = V2/T2
(P+an2/V2)(V-nb) = nRT
Gay Lussac’s Law : P/T = constant  P1/T1 = P2/T2
• At low/moderate pressure : (P + an2/V2) V = nRT and Z =
Avogadro’s Law : V  n an
PV/nRT = 1 
VRT
• Ideal Gas Equation : PV = nRT
• At high pressure: P(V-nb) = nRT and
Variation of ideal gas equation: PM = RT
Z = (1+Pb/RT)

• Dalton’s Law of Partial Pressure : Pressure due a gas in a

• At very low pressure or at high temperature and moderate/
gas mixture PA = XAPTOTAL
low pressure: Z = 1 and PV = nRT

• Graham’s Law of diffusion :

• Critical Temperature : Tc = 8a/27Rb

rate of diffusion  Pressure/ M

• Critical Pressure : PC = a/27b2

• Molecular distribution of speeds (Maxwell Boltzmann • Vapour pressure: of a liquid at any temperature may be
defined as the pressure exerted by the vapour present above
Distribution) : the liquid in equilibrium with the liquid at that temperature.
• Surface tension : of a liquid is defined as the force acting at
3RT 2RT right angles to the surface along one centimetre length of
u RMS  u MP 
M M the surface.
• Viscosity : is a measure of resistance to flow which arises
8RT due to the internal friction between layers of fluid as they
u AVG 
M slip past one another while liquid flows.

uMP : uAVG: uRMS = 1:1.128:1.224

SCAN CODE
GASEOUS STATE
GASEOUS STATE 17

EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Measurable Properties of Gases 1

(c) 1  50 (d) none of these
1. Dimensions of pressure are the same as that of : 20
(a) Energy 8. A gas of volume 100 cc. is kept in a vessel at pressure
(b) Force 10 4 Pa maintained at temperature 24ºC if now the
(c) Energy per unit volume pressure is increased to 105 Pa, keeping the temperature
(d) Force per unit volume constant, then the volume of the gas becomes

2. Pressure of a gas is due to (a) 10 cc (b) 100 cc

(a) collisions of gas molecules (c) 1 cc (d) 1000 cc

o
(b) the random movement of gas molecules 9. At 25 C temperature and 730 mm pressure, 380 mL of dry
(c) the intermolecular forces of attraction between the oxygen was collected. If the temperature is held constant,
gas molecules what volume will be oxygen occupy at 760 mm pressure ?

(d) the collision of gas molecules against the walls of the (a) 365 mL (b) 449 mL
container (c) 569 mL (d) 621 mL
3. One atmosphere is numerically equal to approximately : 10. A gas at 298 K is shifted from a vessel of 250 cm3 capacity
(a) 10 6 dyne cm–2 (b) 10 2 dyne cm–2 to that of 1L capacity. The pressure of the gas will
(a) become double
(c) 10 4 dyne cm–2 (d) 10 8 dyne cm–2
(b) becomes four times
4. 1ºC rise in temperature is equal to a rise of
(c) decrease to half of the original value
(a) 1ºF (b) 9/5ºF
(d) decrease to one-fourth of the original value
(c) 5/9ºF (d) 33ºF
5. The pressure at the base of a column of liquid of length 11. 300 ml of a gas at 27oC is cooled to –3oC at constant
l and held at an angle  to the vertical is pressure, the final volume is
(a) 540 ml (b) 135 ml
(a) gl (b) gl sin
(c) 270 ml (d) 350 ml
(c) gcos (d) glcos
12. The correct representation of Charles’s law is given by
Ideal Gas Laws
6. At constant temperature, in a given mass of an ideal
gas
VOL

VOL

(a) The ratio of pressure and volume always remains

constant (a) (b)
(b) Volume always remains constant O O
T(K) T(K)
(c) Pressure always remains constant
(d) The product of pressure and volume always remains
constant
VOL

VOL

7. If 20 cm3 gas at 1 atm. is expanded to 50 cm3 at constant

T, then what is the final pressure ? (c) (d)
1 1 O O
T(K) T(K)
(a) 20  (b) 50 
50 20
GASEOUS STATE 18
13. When gases are heated from 20°C to 40ºC at constant temperature molecular weight of B is
pressure, their volumes (a) 2M (b) M/2
(a) increase by the same magnitude (c) 4M (d) M/4
(b) become double 22. In the gas equation PV = nRT, the value of R depends
(c) increase in the ratio of their molecular masses upon
(d) increase but to different extent (a) nature of gas (b) the pressure of gas
14. o
A sample of gas occupies 100 ml at 27 C and 740 mm (c) unit of measurement (d) temperature of gas
pressure. When its volume is changed to 80 ml at 23. Correct gas equation is :
740 mm pressure, the temperature of the gas will be
V1T2 V2 T1 P1V1 T1
(a) 21.6oC (b) 240oC (a) P  P (b) P V  T
1 2 2 2 2
(c) –33oC (d) 89.5oC
15. A sample of gas has a volume of 0.2 litre measured at 1 P1T2 P2 V2 V1V2
(c) V  T (d) T T  P1P2
atm pressure and 0oC. At the same pressure, but at 1 2 1 2

273oC, its volume will become 24. The weight of CH4 in a 9-L cylinder at 27oC temperature
(a) 0.1 litre (b) 0.4 litre and 16 atm pressure is (R = 0.08 L atm K–1 mol–1)
(c) 0.6 litre (d) 0.8 litre (a) 9.6 g (b) 96.0 g
16. A gas is initially at 1 atm pressure. To compress it to (c) 4.8 g (d) 48.0 g
1/4 th of its initial volume, assuming temperature to be 25. If two moles of an ideal gas at 546 K occupies a volume
constant pressure to be applied is of 44.8 litres, the pressure must be
(a) 1 atm (b) 2 atm (a) 2 atm (b) 3 atm
(c) 4 atm (d) 1/4 atm (c) 4 atm (d) 1 atm
17. “One gram molecule of a gas at N.T.P. occupies 22.4 26. The volume of balloon filled with 4.0g of He at 22ºC
litres.” This fact was derived from and 720 mm of Hg is :
(a) Dalton’s theory (b) Avogadro’s hypothesis (a) 25.565 litre (b) 20 litre
(c) Berzelius hypothesis (d) Law of gaseous volume (c) 15 litre (d) 30 litre
18. Gay-Lussac’s law of combining volume is applicable
27. The equation of state corresponding to 8g of O2 is :
for those gases which on mixing :
(a) PV = 8RT (b) PV = RT/4
(a) do not react (b) react with each other
(c) PV = RT (d) PV = RT/2
(c) diffuse (d) all of these
19. Pure hydrogen sulphide is stored in a tank of 100 litre P
28. For an ideal gas ratio of is equal to :
capacity at 20ºC and 2 atm pressure. The mass of the d
gas will be
RT M
(a) 34 g (b) 340 g (a) (b)
M RT
(c) 282.68 g (d) 28.24 g MT R
(c) (d)
20. When the temperature of 23 ml of dry CO 2 gas is R TM
changed from 10ºC to 30ºC at constant pressure of 29. If P, V, M, T and R are pressure, volume, molar mass,
760 mm, the volume of gas becomes closest to temperature and gas constant respectively, then for an
which one of the following ? ideal gas, the density is given by
(a) 7.7 ml (b) 21.5 ml RT P
(a) (b)
(c) 24.6 ml (d) 69 ml. PM RT
21. The density of gas A is four times that of gas B. If the M PM
(c) (d)
molecular weight of A is M, then at same pressure and V RT
GASEOUS STATE 19
30. The density of a gas at 27 oC and 1 atm is d. Pressure 38. Under what conditions will a pure sample of an ideal
remaining constant at which of the following gas not only exhibit a pressure of 1 atm but also a
temperatures will its density become 0.75 d ? concentration of 1 mole litre–1 ?

(a) 20oC (b) 30oC (R = 0.082 litre atm mol–1 deg–1)

(a) At STP
(c) 400 K (d) 300 K
(b) When V = 22.4 litres
31. The density of CCl4 vapour at 0ºC and 76 cm Hg in
g/litre is (molar mass of C = 14, Cl = 35.5): (c) When T = 12 K

(a) 11.2 (b) 77 (d) Impossible under any conditions

(c) 6.88 (d) none of these 39. Two separate bulbs contain ideal gases A and B. The
density of gas A is twice that of gas B. The molecular
32. The constant quantity of Boyle’s Law is :
mass of A is half that of gas B. The two gases are at the
(a) Only mass of the gas same temperature. The ratio of the pressure of A to
(b) Only temperature of a gas that of gas B is
(c) Mass and Pressure of a gas (a) 2 (b) 1/2
(d) Mass and temeprature of a gas (c) 4 (d) 1/4
33. The pressure of sodium vapour in a 1.0 L container is Dalton’s Law of Partial Pressure
10 torr at 1000ºC. How many atoms are in the container ?
40. If three unreactive gases having partial pressures P A,
(a) 9.7 × 1017 (b) 7.6 × 1019 P B and P C and their moles are 1, 2, and 3 respectively
(c) 4.2 × 10 17
(d) 9.7 × 10 19 then their total pressure will be :
34. Dry ice is solid carbon dioxide. A 0.050g sample of dry PA  PB  PC
ice is placed in an evacuated 4.6 L vessel at 30ºC. (a) P = PA + PB + PC (b) P 
6
Calculate the pressure inside the vessel after all the
dry ice has been converted to CO2 gas. PA  PB  PC
(c) P  (d) none.
(a) 6.14 atm (b) 0.614 atm 3
(c) 0.0614 atm (d) 6.14 × 10–3 atm 41. Which of the following mixtures of gases does not obey
35. The closed containers of the same capacity and at the Dalton’s law of partial pressure ?
same temperature are filled with 44g of H2 in one and (a) O2 and CO2 (b) N2 and O2
44g of CO2 in the other. If the pressure of carbon dioxide (c) Cl2 and O2 (d) NH3 and HCl
in the second container is 1 atm. That of hydrogen in
42. The ratio of partial pressure of a gaseous component to
the first container would be :
the total vapour pressure of the mixture is equal to
(a) 1 atm (b) 10 atm
(a) mass of the component
(c) 22 atm (d) 44 atm
(b) mole fraction of the component
36. Equal volumes of oxygen and an unknown gas weigh
(c) mass % of the component
3.00g and 7.50g,(at constant T & P) respectively. Which
of the following is the unknown gas ? (d) molecular mass of the component

(a) CO2 (b) NO 43. A cylinder is filled with a gaseous mixture containing equal
masses of CO and N2. The partial pressure ratio is :
(c) NO2 (d) SO3
37. 16 gm of oxygen and 3 gm of hydrogen are mixed and kept (a) PN 2  PCO (b) PCO  0.875 PN 2
in 760 mm pressure at 0oC. The total volume occupied by
the mixture will be nearly (c) PCO  2 PN 2 (d) PCO  1 / 2 PN 2
(a) 22.4 l (b) 33.6 l
(c) 448 l (d) 44800 ml
GASEOUS STATE 20
44. 3.2 g of oxygen (At. wt. = 16) and 0.2 g of hydrogen 182 452
(At. wt. = 1) are placed in a 1.12 litre flask at 0ºC. The (c) (d) 2
45  32
2
18  32
total pressure of the gas mixture will be
52. The rate of diffusion of methane at a given temperature
(a) 1 atm (b) 4 atm is twice that of a gas X. The molecular weight of X is
(c) 3 atm (d) 2 atm (a) 64.0 (b) 32.0
45. Equal weights of two gases of molecular weight 4 and (c) 4.0 (d) 8.0
40 are mixed. The pressure of the mixture is 1.1 atm.
The partial pressure of the light gas in this mixture is
Kinetic Theory of Gases
53. The kinetic energy for 14 grams of nitrogen gas at 127ºC
(a) 0.55 atm (b) 0.11 atm
is nearly (mol. mass of nitrogen = 28 and gas constant
(c) 1 atm (d) 0.11 atm = 8.31 JK–1 mol–1)
Graham’s Law (a) 1.0 J (b) 4.15 J
46. Which of the following gas will have highest rate of (c) 2493J (d) 3.3 J
diffusion ?
54. Which one of the following is not a correct postulate
(a) NH3 (b) N2 of the kinetic theory of gases?
(c) CO2 (d) O2 (a) The molecules of a gas are continuously moving in
47. The relative rate of diffusion of helium w.r.t. methane different directions with different velocities
under similar conditions of pressure and temperature is (b) The average kinetic energy of the gas molecules is
(a) 2 (b) 0.5 directly proportional to the absolute temperature of
(c) 4 (d) 0.25 the gas
48. A certain gas effuses through a small opening of a vessel (c) The volume of the gas is due to the large number
at a rate which is exactly one-fifth the rate at which of molecules present in it
helium does the same. Thus, the molecular weight of (d) The pressure of the gas is due to hitting of the
the gas is molecules on the walls of the container.

(a) 100 (b) 75 55. The internal energy of one mole of an ideal gas is given
by
(c) 50 (d) 25
3 1
49. In a closed room of 1000 m3, a perfume bottle is opened (a) RTT (b) KT
2 2
up. The whole room develops smell. This is due to which 1 3
property of gases ? (c) RT T (d) KT
2 2
(a) Viscosity (b) Density
56. At what temperature will the molar KE of 0.3 mol of He
(c) Diffusion (d) None
be the same as that of 0.4 mol of argon at 400 K ?
50. A bottle of ammonia and a bottle of dry hydrogen
(a) 700 K (b) 500 K
chloride connected through a long tube are opened
simultaneously at both ends, the white ammonium (c) 800 K (d) 400 K
chloride ring first formed will be 57. Consider three one-litre flasks labeled A, B and C filled
(a) at the centre of the tube with the gases NO, NO2, and N2O, respectively, each at
(b) near the hydrogen chloride bottle STP. In which flask do the molecules have the highest
average kinetic energy ?
(c) near the ammonia bottle
(a) Flask C (b) All are the same
(d) throughout the length of the tube
(c) Flask A (d) None
51. If some moles of O2 diffuse in 18 sec and same moles of
58. The kinetic theory of gases predicts that total kinetic
other gas diffuse in 45 sec then what is the molecular
energy of a gaseous assembly depends on
weight of the unknown gas ?
(a) H2 < N2 < O2 < HBr (b) HBr < O2 < N2 < H2
452 182
(a) 2  32 (b) 2  32 (c) H2 < N2 = O2 < HBr (d) HBr < O2 < H2 < N2.
18 45
59. Which system contains molecules with the same average
GASEOUS STATE 21
kinetic energy as the molecules in 10.0g of carbon dioxide 66. Which is not true in case of an ideal gas ?
at 10ºC ? (a) It cannot be converted into a liquid
(a) 10g of CO2 at 40ºC (b) 20g of CO2 at 20ºC (b) There is no interaction between the molecules
(c) 20g of CO2 at 5ºC (d) 40g of CO2 at 10ºC (c) All molecules of the gas move with same speed

Maxwell’s Distribution of Molecular Speeds (d) At a given temperature, PV is proportional to the

amount of the gas
60. Root mean square velocity of a gas molecule is
proportional to 67. The ratio among most probable velocity, mean velocity
and root mean square velocity is given by
(a) M1/2 (b) M0
(a) 1 : 2 : 3 (b) 1: 2 : 3
(c) M–1/2 (d) M
61. The temperature of the gas is raised from 27ºC to 927ºC, (c) 2 : 3 : 8/  (d) 2 : 8/  : 3
the root mean square velocity is
68. The ratio of the root mean square velocity to average
(a) 927 / 27 times the earlier value velocity of a gas molecule at a particular temperature is

(b) same as before (a) 1.086 : 1 (b) 1: 1.086

(c) halved (c) 2 : 1.086 (d) 1.086 : 2

(d) doubled 69. The average speed at temperature TºC of CH4(g) is

62. According to kinetic theory of gases, the root mean 28
square velocity is directly proportional to × 103 ms–1. What is the value of T ?
88
(a) T (b) T2 (a) 240.55ºC (b) – 32.45ºC
(c) T (d) 1/T (c) 3000ºC (d) –24.055ºC

63. Which of the following gases would have the highest Real Gas
R.M.S. velocity at 25ºC ? 70. A gas is said to behave like an ideal gas when the
(a) Oxygen (b) Carbon dioxide relation PV/T = constant. When do you expect a real
(c) Sulphur dioxide (d) Carbon monoxide gas to behave like an ideal gas ?
(a) When the temperature is low
64. The ratio between the root mean square velocity of H2
(b) When both the temperature and pressure are low
at 50 K and that of O2 at 800 K is
(c) When both the temperature and pressure are high
(a) 4 : 3 (b) 2 : 5
(c) 1 : 1 (d) 1 : 4 (d) When the temperature is high and pressure is low
71. The pressure of real gases is less than that of ideal gas
65. At what temperature most probable speed of O2 molecules
because of
have the same value of root mean square speed of O2
(a) increase in the number of collisions
molecules at 300 K ?
(a) 150 K (b) 600 K (b) finite size of particles
(c) intermolecular attraction
(c) 750 K (d) 450 K
(d) increase in kinetic energy of the molecules.
72. For a gas, deviation from ideal behaviour is maximum at :
(a) 0ºC and 1.0 atm (b) 100ºC and 2.0 atm
(c) – 13ºC and 1.0 atm (d) – 13ºC and 2.0 atm
GASEOUS STATE 22
Van der waal Equation 79. In case of hydrogen and helium, the van der Waal’s forces
are
73. The strength of van der Waals’ forces increases with :
(a) Strong (b) Very strong
(a) increase in molecular size
(c) Weak (d) Very weak.
(b) increase in the number of electrons in the molecule
(c) increase in molecular weight Compressibility Factor & Liquefaction
(d) all of the above 80. For H2 gas, the compressibility factor, Z = PV/n RT is :
74. Van der Waal’s equation of state is obeyed by real (a) equal to 1
gases. For n moles of a real gas, the expression will be (b) equal to 0

 P na  V  (c) always greater than 1

(a)   2    RT (d) initially less than 1 and then becomes greater than 1
 n V  n  b 
at high pressures
 a  81. The compressibility factor of an ideal gas is
(b)  p  2  (V  b)  nRT
 V  (a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 4
 na 
(c)  p  2  (nV  b)  nRT 82. Which set of conditions represents easiest way to
 V 
liquiefy a gas ?

 n 2a  (a) Low temperature and high pressure

(d)  p  V 2  (V  nb)  nRT (b) High temperature and low pressure
 
(c) Low temperature and low pressure
75. Van der Waal’s constants ‘a’ and ‘b’ are related with.....
respectively. (d) High temperature and high pressure.

(a) Attractive force and bond energy of molecules 83. An ideal gas can’t be liquefied because

(b) Volume and repulsive force of molecules (a) its critical temperature is always above 0ºC

(c) Shape and repulsive forces of molecules (b) its molecules are relatively smaller in size

(d) Attractive force and volume of the molecules (c) it solidifies before becoming a liquid

76. The units of the van der Waal’s constant ‘a’ are (d) forces operative between its molecules are negligible
84. The critical temperature of a substance is defined as :
(a) atm L2 mol–2 (b) atm L–2 mol–2
(a) the temperature above which the substance
(c) atm L mol–1 (d) atm mol L–1 decomposes.
77. The units of the van der Waal’s constant ‘b’ are (b) the temperature above which a substance can exist
(a) atmosphere (b) joules only as a gas

(c) L mol–1
(d) mol L–1 (c) melting point of the substance

78. Any gas shows maximum deviation from ideal gas at (d) boiling point of the substance.

(a) 0ºC and 1 atmospheric pressure

(b) 100ºC and 2 atmospheric pressure
(c) –100ºC and 5 atmospheric pressure
(d) 500ºC and 1 atmospheric pressure
GASEOUS STATE 23
Numerical Value Type Questions 93. A certain gas is at a temperature of 350 K. If the
85. Under identical conditions of temperature, the density of temperature is raised to 700 K, the average translational
a gas X is twice that of gas Y while molecular mass of gas kinetic energy of the gas will increase by___times
‘Y’ is thrice that of X. What will be ratio of pressure of X 94. A spherical balloon of radius 3cm containing helium gas
and Y? has a pressure of 48×10–3 bar. At the same temperature,
86. The pressure of 1 g of an ideal gas ‘A’ at 27oC is 2 bar. the pressure of a spherical balloon of radius 12 cm
When 2 g of another ideal gas ‘B’ is introduced into the containing the same amount of gas will be…… × 10–6 bar.
same flask at the same temperature, the pressure becomes 95. The root mean square speed of methane at 48 K is same
3 bar. The ratio of the molecular masses of A and B gas is as the most probable speed of H2 at TK. The temperature
x: y. What is the value of x? T is –––––––––––
87. A certain volume of hydrogen diffuses out in 5 seconds. 96. How many of the following statements are correct with
Under the same condition, the same volume of a respect to critical temperature?
gas X diffuses in 20 seconds. If X is a diatomic gaseous, (1) It depends on ‘a’ and ‘b’
find the atomic mass. (2) It depends on the identity of real gas
88. The volume of gas A is twice than that of gas B. The dZ
compressibility factor of gas A thrice than that of gas B at (3) It is the temperature at which  0 at low pressure
dP
same temperature. The relation of pressures of the gases
for equal number of moles is XPA = YPB (X and Y are region
minimum possible whole numbers). Calculate the value 8
of X+Y. (4) Its value is equal to times of Boyle’s temperature.
27
89. If an ideal gas at 100 K is heated to 109 K in a rigid container,
97. One litre of gaseous mixture of CH4 and H2 effuses in 200
the pressure increases by X % then what is the value of
seconds while one litre of gas ‘X’ take 10 minutes to effuse
X?
in identical conditions. If molar ratio of CH4: H2 in mixture
90. At a constant pressure, X should be the percentage
is 1 : 2. Find molar mass of gas ‘X’ in (g mol–1) units?
increase in the temperature in kelvin for a 10% increase in
98. What would be the final pressure of O2 in the following
the volume, then what is the value of X?
experiment? A collapsed polyethylene bag of 30 L
91. At given temperature T, gases like Ne or Ar are found to
capacity is partially blown up by the addition of 10 L of
deviate from ideal behaviour. The equation of state is
N2 at 0.9 atm at 298 K. Subsequently, enough O2 is pumped
RT into the bag so that at 298 K and external pressure of 1.1
given as P  at T kelvin (where b is the
Vm – b atm, the bag contains full 30 L. If the answer is x atm, then
the value of 10x is
vanderwaal constant). If compressibility factor (Z) for gas
99. To an evacuated vessel with movable piston under
Pb external pressure of 1 atm 0.1 mole of He and 1.0 mole of
is written as  x; then what is the value of ‘x’?
RT an unknown compound (vapour pressure 0.68 atm at 0°
92. 0.5 mole of each of H2, SO2, CH4, C2H6 and N2 are kept in a C) are introduced. Considering the ideal gas behavior,
container. A hole was made in the container. After 3 hours the total volume (in litre) of the gases at 0° C is ____ L.
the partial pressure of CH4 is 0.02 atm. How many gases Report the answer to the nearest integer.
have partial pressure greater than CH4 in the container?
GASEOUS STATE 24

EXERCISE – 2: PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

1. An evacuated glass vessel weighs 40.0 g when empty, 257 oC and 100 mm Hg. The molar mass of geraniol is
135.0 g when filled with a liquid of density 0.95 g _____ g mol–1. (Nearest Integer)
mL–1 and 40.5 g when filled with an ideal gas at 0.82
[Given: R = 0.082 L atm K–1 mol–1](JEE Main 2022)
atm at 250 K. The molar mass of the gas in g mol–1 is:
(Given: R = 0.082 L atm K–1 mol–1) 8. A box contains 0.90 g of liquid water in equilibrium
(JEE Main 2022) with water vapour at 27 oC. The equilibrium vapour
(a) 35 (b) 50 pressure of water at 27 oC is 32.0 Torr. When the
(c) 75 (d) 125 volume of the box is increased, some of the liquid
2. Which amongst the given plots is the correct plot for water evaporates to maintain the equilibrium pressure.
pressure (p) vs density (d) for an ideal gas? If all the liquid water evaporates, then the volume of
(JEE Main 2022) the box must be _____ litre. [Nearest integer]
(Given: R = 0.082 L atm K–1 mol–1)
(Ignore the volume of the liquid water and assume
water vapours behave as an ideal gas.)
(JEE Main 2022)
(a) (b 9. The pressure of a moist gas at 27°C is 4 atm. The
volume of the container is doubled at the same
temperature. The new pressure of the moist gas is ….
×10–1 atm. (Nearest integer)
(Given: The vapour pressure of water at 27°C is 0.4
(c) (d) atm) (JEE Main 2022)
3. At 300 K, a sample of 3.0 g of gas A occupies the 10. A sealed flask with a capacity of 2 dm3 contains 11 g
same volume as 0.2 g of hydrogen at 200 K at the of propane gas. The flask is so weak that it will burst if
same pressure. The molar mass of gas A is _______ g the pressure becomes 2 MPa. The minimum
mol–1. (nearest integer) Assume that the behaviour of temperature at which the flask will burst is _______
gases as ideal (Given: The molar mass of hydrogen °C. [Nearest integer]
(H2) gas is 2.0 g mol–1.) (JEE Main 2022) (Given: R = 8.3 J K–1 mol–1. Atomic masses of C and
4. A rigid nitrogen tank stored inside a laboratory has a H are 12u and 1u respectively.) (Assume that propane
pressure of 30 atm at 06:00 am when the temperature behaves as an ideal gas.) (JEE Main 2022)
is 27 °C. At 03:00 pm, when the temperature is 45°C, 11. A mixture of hydrogen and oxygen contains 40%
the pressure in the tank will be ____ atm. [nearest hydrogen by mass when the pressure is 2.2 bar. The
integer] (JEE Main 2022) partial pressure of hydrogen is _____ bar. (Nearest
5. 2.0 g of H2 gas is adsorbed on 2.5 g of platinum Integer) (JEE Main 2022)
powder at 300 K and 1 bar pressure. The volume of the 12. A 10 g mixture of hydrogen and helium is contained in
a vessel of capacity 0.0125 m3 at 6 bar and 27 °C. The
gas adsorbed per gram of the adsorbent is_____ mL. mass of helium in the mixture is _______ g. (nearest
(Given: R = 0.083 L bar K–1 mol–1) integer)
(JEE Main 2022) Given: R = 8.3 JK–1 mol–1 (Atomic masses of H and
He are 1u and 4u, respectively) (JEE Main 2022)
6. 100 g of an ideal gas is kept in a cylinder of 416 L
13. For a real gas at 25°C temperature and high pressure
volume at 27 °C under 1.5 bar pressure. The molar
(99 bar) the value of compressibility factor is 2, so the
mass of the gas is ____ g mol–1. (Nearest integer)
value of Vander Waal’s constant ‘b’ should
(Given: R = 0.083 L bar K–1 mol–1)(JEE Main 2022) –2 –1
be_________×10 L mol (Nearest integer) (Given R
7. Geraniol, a volatile organic compound, is a component
= 0.083 L bar K–1 mol–1) (JEE Main 2022)
of rose oil. The density of the vapour is 0.46 gL–1 at
GASEOUS STATE 25

14. 'x' g of molecular oxygen (O2) is mixed with 200 g of 18. The number of statement's, which are correct with
neon (Ne). The total pressure of the nonreactive respect to the compression of carbon dioxide from
point (a) in the Andrews isotherm from the following
mixture of O2 and Ne in the cylinder is 25 bar. The
is _________.
partial pressure of Ne is 20 bar at the same temperature
and volume. The value of 'x' is_____.
[Given: Molar mass of O2 = 32 g mol–1. Molar mass of
Ne = 20 g mol–1] (JEE Main 2022)
15. For 1 mol of gas, the plot of pV vs p is shown below. p
is the pressure and V is the volume of the gas.

A. Carbon dioxide remains as a gas upto point (b)

B. Liquid carbon dioxide appears at point (c)
C. Liquid and gaseous carbon dioxide coexist between
points (b) and (c)
D. As the volume decreases from (b) to (c), the
amount of liquid decreases (JEE Main 2023)
What is the value of compressibility factor at point A? 19. A 300 mL bottle of soft drink has 0.2 M CO2 dissolved
(JEE Main 2023) in it. Assuming CO2 behaves as an ideal gas, the
a b volume of the dissolved at STP is _________ mL.
(a) 1 (b) 1
RTV V (Nearest integer)
b a Given: At STP, molar volume of an ideal gas is 22.7 L
(c) 1 (d) 1 mol–1 (JEE Main 2023)
V RTV
20.
16. Given below are two statements: One is labelled as
Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R.
Assertion A: Amongst He, Ne, Ar and Kr; 1 g of
activated charcoal adsorbs more of Kr.
Reason R: The critical volume Vc (cm3 mol–1) and
critical pressure Pc (atm) is highest for Krypton but the
compressibility factor at critical point Zc is lowest for
Krypton. Three bulbs are filled with CH4, CO2 and Ne as shown
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct in the picture. The bulbs are connected through pipes
answer from the options given below. of zero volume. When the stopcocks are opened and
(JEE Main 2023) the temperature is kept constant throughout, the
(a) A is true but R is false pressure of the system is found to be _______ atm.
(b) A is false but R is true (Nearest integer) (JEE Main 2023)
21. At constant temperature, a gas is at a pressure of 940.3
(c) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct
mm Hg. The pressure at which its volume decreases by
explanation of A 40% is ________ mm Hg. (Nearest integer)
(d) Both A and R are true and R is the correct (JEE Main 2023)
explanation A 22. At 600 K, the root mean square (rms) speed of gas X
17. Arrange the following gases in increasing order of van (molar mass = 40) is equal to the most probable speed
der Waals constant 'a' of gas Y at 90K. The molar of the gas Y is ____
A. Ar B. CH4 g mol 1 . (Nearest integer) (JEE Main 2023)
C. H2O D. C6H6 23. A certain quantity of real gas occupies a volume of
Choose the correct option from the following. 0.15 dm3 at 100 atm and 500 K when its
compressibility factor is 1.07. Its volume at 300 atm
(JEE Main 2023)
and 300 K (When its compressibility factor is 1.4) is
(a) A, B, C and D (b) B, C, D and A ________ × 10–4 dm3 (Nearest integer)
(c) C, D, B and A (d) D, C, B and A (JEE Main 2023)
GASEOUS STATE 26

EXERCISE - 3 : ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 9. Five grams each of the following gases at 87 oC and
1. Which of the foll owing exhibits the weakest 750 mm pressure are taken. Which of them will have the
intermolecular forces ? least volume ?
(a) HF (b) HCl
(a) NH3 (b) HCl
(c) HBr (d) HI
(c) He (d) H2O
10. The density of a gas is 1.4 g/ml at one atmosphere
2. At N.T.P. the volume of a gas is found to be 273 mL.
pressure and 27ºC. At what pressure will the gas have
what will be the volume of this gas at 600 mm Hg and
density thrice this value, the temperature is kept constant ?
273ºC ?
(a) same pressure (b) 2 atmosphere
(a) 391.8 mL (b) 380 mL
(c) 3 atmosphere (d) 4.2 atmosphere
(c) 691.6 mL (d) 750 mL
11. The value (pVm) depends only on
3. If the weight of 5.6 litres of a gas at NTP is 11 gm. The gas
may be (a) temperature (b) pressure

(a) PH3 (b) COCl2 (c) molar mass (d) volume

(c) NO (d) N2O 12. To which of the following gaseous mixtures is Dalton's
law not applicable ?
4. An open flask contains air at 27oC temperature and one
(a) Ne + He + SO2 (b) NH3 + HCl + HBr
atm pressure. The flask is heated to 127oC at the same
pressure. What fraction of the original air will remain in (c) O2 + N2 + CO2 (d) N2 + H2 + O2
the flask ? 13. The atomic weight of helium is 4 times of hydrogen. Its
(a) 2/5th (b) 2/3rd rate of diffusion as compared to hydrogen is
(c) 2/7th (d ) 3/4th 1
5. If the pressure is tripled and temperature (in kelvins) is (a) Twice (b) times
2
halved, the volume of a given mass of an ideal gas becomes
(a) 3/2 times its original volume (c) 2 times (d) 1/4th
(b) 2/3rd of its original volume 14. At STP, 0.50 mol H2 gas and 1.0 mol He gas
(c) 1/6th of its original volume (a) have equal average molar kinetic energies
(d) 6 times its original volume (b) have equal molecular speeds
6. How many O2 molecules are present in 2.0 L of oxygen gas (c) occupy equal volumes
at 27oC temperature and 3.0 atm pressure ? (d) have equal effusion rates
(a) 1.0 × 103 (b) 1.5 × 1023 15. If a gas expands at a constant temperature
(c) 1.5 × 1024 (d) 2.5 × 1024 (a) the pressure decreases
7. If the absolute temperature of a gas is doubled and the (b) the kinetic energy of the molecule remains the same
pressure is reduced to one-half, the volume of the gas
(c) the kinetic energy of the molecule decreases
will
(d) the number of molecules of the gas increases
(a) remain unchanged (b) be doubled
16. At the same temperature and pressure, which of the
(c) increase four-fold (d) be reduced to 1/4th
following gases will have the highest average kinetic
8. The unit of pressure in the SI system is energy per mole ?
(a) N (b) N-m (a) Hydrogen (b) Oxygen
(c) N-m 2
(d) N/m 2
(c) Methane (d) All the same
GASEOUS STATE 27
17. The molecules of which of the following gases has the 24. Which one of the following plot will be a parabola at
highest speed ? constant temperature ?
(a) O2 at 0ºC (b) N2 at 1000ºC (a) P vs 1/V (b) PV vs P
(c) CH4 at 298 K (d) H2 at –50ºC (c) V vs P (d) None of these
18. The energy of given amount an ideal gas depends only 25. In a closed flask of 5 litres, 1.0 g of H2 is heated from
on its 300 to 600 K. Which statements is not correct ?
(a) pressure (b) volume (a) pressure of the gas increases
(c) number of moles (d) temperature (b) The rate of collision increases
19. At what temperature will the average speed of CH4 (c) The number of moles of gas increases
molecules have the same value as O2 has at 300 K ? (d) The energy of gaseous molecules increases
(a) 1200 K (b) 150 K 26. A flask containing air (open to atmosphere) is heated
(c) 600 K (d) 300 K from 300 K to 500 K. The percentage of air escaped to
the atmosphere is nearly
20. Which of the following gases has the highest value of the
van der Waals constant a ? (a) 16.6 (b) 40

(a) CCl4 (l ) (b) NH3 (g) (c) 60 (d) 20.

27. The vapour density of a gas is 11.2. The volume
(c) CO2(g) (d) H2O(g)
occupied by 11.2 g of this gas at N.T.P. is
21. The constant ‘a’ in van der Waal’s equation is maximum in
(a) 1L (b) 11.2 L
(a) Helium (b) Hydrogen
(c) 22.4 L (d) 20 L
(c) Oxygen (d) Ammonia
28. 1.0 litre of N2 and 7/8 litre of O2 at the same temperature
22. NH3 can be liquefied at ordinary temperature without the and pressure were mixed together. What is relation
application of pressure. But O2 cannot, because between the masses of the two gases in the mixture ?
(a) its critical temp. is very high
(a) m N 2  3m O 2 (b) m N 2  8m O 2
(b) its critical temp. is low
(c) its critical temp. is moderate (c) m N 2  m O 2 (d) m N 2  16m O 2
(d) Its critical temperature is higher than that of ammonia. 29. Densities of two gases having same molar mass are in
the ratio 1 : 2 and their temperatures are in the ratio 2 : 1,
then the ratio of their respective pressures is
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2
(c) 2: 1 (d) 4 : 1
30. Equal weights of ethane and hydrogen are mixed in an
23.
empty container at 25 o C.The fraction of the total
pressure exerted by hydrogen is
(a) 1: 2 (b) 1 : 1

Calculate the number of moles in the glass bulb shown (c) 1 : 16 (d) 15 : 16
in figure at 300 K. 31. Helium diffuses twice as fast as another gas B. If the
Given : d glycerine = 2.72 g/mL; vapour density of helium is 2, the molecular weight of B
is
d mercury = 13.6g/mL
(a) 4 (b) 8
(a) 0.36 mol (b) 0.94 mol
(c) 16 (d) 24
(c) 0.49 mol (d) 0.64 mol
GASEOUS STATE 28
32. X ml of H2 gas effuses through a hole in a container in (a) negative deviation
5 seconds. The time taken for the effusion of the same (b) positive deviation
volume of the gas specified below under identical (c) positive and negative deviation
condition is
(d) none.
(a) 10 seconds : He (b) 20 seconds : O2
Objective Questions II
(c) 25 seconds : CO (d) 55 seconds : CO2
[One or more than one correct option]
33. 50 ml of gas A diffuses through a membrane in the same
time as for the diffusion of 40 ml of a gas B under 39. 0.28g of a gas occupies 224 mL at STP. The gas could be
identical pressure- temperature conditions. If the (a) N2 (b) CO
molecular weight of A is 64 that of B would be (c) C2H4 (d) N2O4
(a) 100 (b) 250 40. To raise the volume of the gas by four times, which of the
(c) 200 (d) 80 following methods are correct ?
34. Indicate which of the following statements are correct. (a) T is doubled and P is also doubled
(a) At constant temperature, the KE of all gas molecules (b) Keeping P constant, T is raised by four times
is the same. (c) Temperature is doubled and pressure is halved
(b) At constant temperature, the KE of different molecules (d) Keeping temperature constant, pressure is reduced
is different. to 1/4th of its initial value.
(c) At constant temperature, the KE is greater for heavier 41. The graph of P vs V is given at different temperatures
gas molecules. and number of moles
(d) At constant temperature, the KE is less for heavier gas
molecules.
35. According to kinetic theory of gases, for a diatomic
molecule
(a) the pressure exerted by the gas is proportional to the
mean velocity of the molecule.
(b) the pressure exerted by the gas is proportional to
the root mean square velocity of the molecules
The correct relationship are
(c) the root mean square velocity of the molecule is
inversely proportional to the temperature. (a) T 1 > T 2 > T 3 (b) T 1 < T 2 < T 3
(d) the kinetic energy of the molecules is proportional (c) n1 > n2 > n3 (d) n3 > n2 > n1
to the absolute temperature. 42. Which of the following curves represent(s) Boyle’s law ?
36. Vander waal’s constant ‘a’ and ‘b’ are related
with....respectively
(a) Attractive force and bond energy of molecules (a) (b)
(b) Volume and repulsive force of moelcules
(c) Shape and repulsive forces of molecules
(d) Attractive force and volumne of the molecules
37. The compressibility factor of a gas is defined as
(c) (d)
PV
Z . The compressibility factor of ideal gas is
RT 43. A mixture of CO and CO2 is found to have a density of 1.5
g/L at 300C and 730 torr. The composition of mixture is
(a) 0 (b) Infinity
(c) 1 (d) -1 (a) CO is 32.18% (b) CO2 is 35.7 %

38. At lower temperatures, all gases show (c) CO2 is 67.82% (d) CO is 64.3%
GASEOUS STATE 29
44. Two container each containing liquid water are connected (c) ‘a’ is expressed in atm L2 mol–2 and ‘b’ in L mol–1
as shown in diagram (d)At high temperature this equation reduced into PV
= nRT
48. The van der Waals’ constants of a gas are
a = 0.751 dm6 atm mol–2 b = 0.0226 dm3 mol–1
Hence,
(a) VC = 0.678 dm3 mol–1 (b) VC = 0.0678 dm3 mol–1
(c) PC = 54.5 atm (d) T C = 120 K
49. Among the plots, which of them represent Charle’s law,
at constant pressure ?
Given that vapour pressure of H2O (l) at 300 K and 350 K
are 22 torr and 40 torr. Select right statement(s) :
(a) The final pressure in each container if valve is opened
while keeping the containers at the given temperature
is 22 torr (a) (b)
(b) The final pressure in each container if valve is opened
while keeping the containers at the given temperature
is 40 torr
(c) Mass of H2O(l) is decreased in vessel X
(d) Mass of H2O(l) is decreased in vessel Y
45. The kinetic energy of one mole of a gas is given by the (c) (d)
expression :

3PV 3 50. A open ended mercury manometer is used to measure the

K.E.  and K.E.  RT
2 2 pressure exerted by a trapped gas as shown in the figure.
Hence, it can be said that Initially manometer shows no difference in mercury level
in both columns as shown in diagram.
(a) K.E.  P at constant temperature
(b)K.E.  T at constant pressure
(c) K.E. is not directly proportional to volume at
constant temperature
(d) K.E.  V at constant temperature
46. The factor(s) which measure(s) the deviation from ideal
behaviour of a gas are
(a) Collision diameter
(b) Compressibility factor
After sparking ‘A’ dissociated according to following
(c) Van der Waals’ constant ‘a’
reaction
(d) Collision frequency
A(g) 
 B(g)  3C(g)
 n 2a 
47.  P +   V - nb  = nRT If pressure of Gas “A” decreases to 0.9 atm. Then (Assume
 V2 
temperature to be constant and is 300 K)
Which of the following statements is/are correct ? (a) total pressure increased to 1.3 atm
(a) It is real gas equation (b) total pressure increased by 0.3 atm
(b)Higher the value of ‘a’ more easily the gas can be (c) total pressure increased by 22.3 cm of Hg
liquified (d) difference in mercury level is 228 mm.
GASEOUS STATE 30
51. Which of the following is correct ? Assertion Reason
(a) The kinetic energy of H2 at 600 K is similar to kinetic (A) If both Assertion and Reason are correct
energy of SO2 at 327°C
and Reason is the correct explanation of
(b) The density of N2 is less than that of CO2
Assertion.
(c) The rms velocity of CH4 at 400 K is similar to rms
velocity of He at 100 K (B) If both Assertion and Reason are true but
(d) The volume of an ideal gas can never be zero
Reason is not the correct explanation of
Assertion.
52. The diagram displays the plot of the compression factor Z
versus p for a few gases. (C) If Assertion is true but Reason is false.
(D) If Assertion is false but Reason is true.
57. Assertion (A) : The pressure of a gas is inversely
proportional to the volume at constant temperature and
n.
Reason (R) : The gas volume is directly proportional to n
at constant temperature and pressure.
Which of the following statement(s) is (are) correct for (a) A (b) B
a van der Waals’ gas ? (c) C (d) D
(a) The plot I is applicable provided the van der Waals’ 58. Assertion (A) : For a given amount of an ideal gas, a plot
constant a is negligible. of pressure (p) versus (1/V) is a straight line at a constant
(b) The plot II is applicable provided the van der Waals’ temperature.
constant b is negligible. Reason (R) : A given amount of an ideal gas at a constant
(c) The plot III is applicable provided the van der temperature obeys Boyle’s law.
Waals’ constant a and b are negligible. (a) A (b) B
(d) The plot IV is applicable provided the temperature (c) C (d) D
in the gas is much higher than its critical temperature.
59. Assertion (A) : A lighter gas diffuses more rapidly than a
Numerical Type Questions heavier gas.
53. If root mean square speed of CH4(methane) at 48 K is Reason (R) : At a given temperature , the rate of diffusion
same as the most probable speed of H2 at TK , then T is of a gas is inversely proportional to the density.
54. A vessel containing 1 gm of oxygen at a pressure of 10 atm (a) A (b) B
and a temperature of 47ºC. It is found that because of a (c) C (d) D
leak, the pressure drops to 5/8th of its original value and
60. Assertion (A) : According to kinetic theory of gases,
the temperature falls to 27ºC. Find the mass of oxygen that
gas molecules are elastic.
has leaked out in grams (10–1)
Reason (R) : Gases can be liquefied and solidified.
55. If an ideal gas at 100 K is heated to 109 K, the pressure
(a) A (b) B
increases by x%. x is
(c) C (d) D
56. Air is trapped in a horizontal glass tube by 40 cm
mercury column as shown below : 61. Assertion (A) : For a real gas, the gas pressure is always
less than the pressure calculated from kinetic theory
of gases.
Reason (R) : In kinetic theory, both molecular volumes
and intermolecular attractions were ignored.
If the tube is held vertical keeping the open end up,
length of air column shrink to 19 cm. Length in cm by (a) A (b) B
which the mercury column shifts down is (c) C (d) D
GASEOUS STATE 31
62. Assertion (A) : Different gases at the same condition of 68. Assertion (A) : Above critical temperature gaseous
temperature and pressure have same root mean square state cannot be observed.
speed. Reason (R) : Above critical temperature, the average
Reason (R) : Average KE of gas is directly proportional kinetic energy of a molecule is always greater than the
to temperature in Kelvin. maximum kinetic energy a molecule can possess in liquid
(a) A (b) B state.

(c) C (d) D (a) A (b) B

63. Assertion (A) : Compressibility factor (Z) for non-ideal (c) C (d) D
gases is always greater than 1. Match the Following
Reason (R) : Non-ideal gases always exert higher pressure Each question has two columns. Four options are
than expected.
given representing matching of elements from
(a) A (b) B
Column-I and Column-II.
(c) C (d) D
69. Match Column-I with Column-II
64. Assertion (A) : According to Charles’ law, for a given
Column - I Column - II
amount of an ideal gas at a given pressure, plot of gas
volume versus absolute temperature is a straight line (Pair of molecules) (Type of intermolcular force
passing through origin. (A) Two molecules of HCl (p) Hydrogen bonding
Reason (R) : Gaseous volume never vanishes. (B) Two propane molecules (q) Dipole induced dipole
(a) A (b) B interaction
(c) C (d) D (C) CH4 and HCl molecules (r) Dipole-dipole interaction
65. Assertion (A) : Most probable velocity is the velocity (D) Two molecules of NH3 (s) London dispersion force
possessed by maximum fraction of molecules at the same
temperature.
70. Match Column-I with Column-II
Reason (R) : On collision, more and more molecules acquire
Column - I Column - II
higher speed at the same temperature.
8a
(a) A (b) B (A) Compression factor (Z) (p) 27 Rb
(c) C (d) D of ideal gas
66. Assertion (A) : The gases He and H2 are very different pb
in their behaviour at any temperature and pressure but (B) Z for real gas at low P (q) 1 
RT
their compressibility factors are nearly the same at the (C) Z for real gas at high (r) 1.00
critical point. pressure
Reason (R) : They have nearly the same critical a
(D) Critical temperature (Tc) (s) 1 
constant. VRT
(a) A (b) B 71. Match Column-I with Column-II

(c) C (d) D Column – I Column – II

67. Assertion (A) : When hydrogen gas expands (A) attractive tendency dominates (p) Z = 3/8
adiabatically from high pressure to low pressure at (B) at the Boyle’s temperature in the (q) Z < 1
room temperature then heating effect is observed. high pressure region
Reason (R) : Hydrogen gas at room temperature is (C) For a gas at very very low pressure (r) Z > 1
above its inversion temperature.
and very very high temperature
(a) A (b) B
(D) At the critical point (s) Z = 1
(c) C (d) D
GASEOUS STATE 32
72. Match Column-I with Column-II Paragraph Type Questions
Column - I Column - II Use the following passage, to solve Q. 75 to Q. 77
(A) Boyle’s temperature (p) a/Rb
Passage
(B) 1/2 (Inversion temperature) (q) 8a/27Rb
Density of gas is inversely proportional to temperature and
(C) Critical temperature (r) The gas cannot be liquefied directly proportional to pressure.
above this temperature, on
applying pressure P dT
 d  = constant
(D) Critical pressure (s) a/27b2 T P

73. Match Column-I with Column-II d1T1 dT

Column - I Column - II   2 2
P1 P2
1 Density at a particular temperature & pressure can be calcu-
(A) Plot of 2 against P for (p)
V lated by using ideal gas equation
ideal gas at constant
temperature and number
of moles mass
PV = nRT  PV   RT
molar mass (M)

mass
 P×M   RT
1 volume
(B) Plot of V against for (q)
T
ideal gas at constant PM
pressure and number of  P × M = d × RT  d 
moles of ideal gas at constant RT
pressure
75. Which of the following has maximum density?
(a) O2 at 250C and 1 atm (b) O2 at 00C and 2 atm
(c) O2 at 2730C and 1 atm (d) O2 at 00C and 1 atm
(C) Plot of P against T for ideal (r)
gas at constant volume and 76. The density of CO2 at 1 atm and 273 K is
number of moles
(a) 1.96 g L–1 (b) 2.12 g L–1
(c) 1.09 g L–1 (d) 2.02 g L–1
1 77. The density of gas is 3.8 g L–1 at STP. The density at 270C
(D) Plot of V against for (s)
P2 and 700 mm Hg pressure will be
(a) 3.185 g L–1 (b) 3.185 g ml–1
ideal gas at constant temperature and
number moles (c) 3.185 kg L–1 (d) 3.185 kg ml–1

74. Match Column-I with Column-II

Column-I Column-II
(A) Real gas at high pressure (p) PV = RT + Pb
(B) Force of attraction among (q) PV = nRT
gas molecules is negligible
(C) At high temperature and (r) Z = 1
low pressure

 an 2 
(D) Real gas at N.T.P. (s)  P  2  (V – nb) = nRT
T
 V 
GASEOUS STATE 33
Use the following passage, to solve Q. 78 to Q. 80 78. What is the correct relationship between volumes of the
two flasks ?
Passage
(a) VB = 3VA (b) VB = 4VA
Consider the adjacent diagram to answer these
questions : (c) VB = 5VA (d) VB = 4.5VA
Initially, flask A contained oxygen gas at 27ºC and 950 79. If volume of flask B was measured to be 10L, mass of
mm of Hg, and flask B contained neon gas at 27ºC and oxygen gas present initially in flask A was
900 mm. Finally, the two flasks were joined by means of (a) 2.00 g (b) 4.00 g
a narrow tube of negligible volume equipped with a
(c) 8.00 g (d) 16.00 g
stopcork and gases were allowed to mixup freely. The
final pressure in the combined system was found to be 80. How many moles of gas are present in flask A in the final
910 mm of Hg. condition ?
(a) 0.155 (b) 0.122
(c) 0.022 (d) 0.222
GASEOUS STATE 34

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 7. A liquid is in equilibrium with its vapour at it’s boiling
point. On the average, the molecules in the two phases
1. The ratio of root mean square velocity to average velocity
have equal (1984)
of a gas molecule at a particular temperature is (1981)
(a) inter-molecular forces (b) potential energy
(a) 1.086 : 1 (b) 1 : 1.086
(c) kinetic energy (d) total energy
(c) 2 : 1.086 (d) 1.086 : 2
8. Rate of diffusion of a gas is (1985)
2. The temperature at which a real gas obeys the ideal gas
laws over a wide range of pressure is (1981) (a) directly proportional to its density

(a) critical temperature (b) Boyle temperature (b) directly proportional to its molecular weight

(c) inversion temperature (d) reduced temperature (c) directly proportional to the square root of its
molecular weight
3. Equal weights of methane and oxygen are mixed in an
empty container at 25ºC. The fraction of the total pressure (d) inversely proportional to the square root of its
exerted by oxygen is (1981) molecular weight
9. The average velocity of an ideal gas molecule at 27ºC
1 1 is 0.3 m/s. The average velocity at 927º C will be
(a) (b)
3 2 (1986)

2 1 273 (a) 0.6 m/s (b) 0.3 m/s

(c) (d) 
3 3 298 (c) 0.9 m/s (d) 3.0 m/s
4. Helium atom is two times heavier than a hydrogen molecule 10. In van der Waals’ equation of state for a non-ideal gas,
At 298 K, the average kinetic energy of a helium atom is the term that accounts for intermolecular forces is
(1982) (1988)
(a) two times that of a hydrogen molecule (a) (V – b) (b) RT

(b) same as that of a hydrogen molecule  a 

(c) four times that of a hydrogen molecule (c)  p  2  (d) (RT)–1
 V 
(d) half that of a hydrogen molecule
11. A bottle of dry ammonia and a bottle of dry hydrogen
5. When an ideal gas undergoes unrestrained expansion, chloride connected through a long tube are opened
no cooling occurs because the molecules (1984) simultaneously at both ends, the white ammonium chloride
(a) are above the inversion temperature ring first formed will be : (1988)
(b) exert no attractive forces on each other (a) at the centre of the tube
(c) do work equal to loss in kinetic energy (b) near the hydrogen chloride bottle
(d) collide without loss of energy (c) near the ammonia bottle
6. Equal weights of methane and hydrogen are mixed in (d) throughout the length of the tube
an empty container at 25ºC. The fraction of the total 12. The value of van der Waals’ constant ‘a’ for the gases
pressure exerted by hydrogen is (1984) O2, N2, NH3 and CH4 are 1.360, 1.390, 4.170 and 2.253L2
1 8 atm mol–2 respectively. The gas which can most easily
(a) (b) be liquified is (1989)
2 9
(a) O2 (b) N2
1 16
(c) (d) (c) NH3 (d) CH4
9 17
GASEOUS STATE 35
13. The density of neon will be highest at (1990) 20. The critical temperature of water is higher than that of
(a) STP (b) 0ºC, 2 atm O2 because the H2O molecule has (1997)
(c) 273º C, 1 atm (d) 273º C, 2 atm (a) fewer electrons than O2
(b) two covalent bonds
14. The rate of diffusion of methane at a given temperature
(c) V-shape
is twice that of a gas X. The molecular weight of X is
(d) dipole moment
(1990)
(a) 64.0 (b) 32.0
21. According to Graham’s law, at a given temperature the
(c) 4.0 (d) 8.0 ratio of the rates of diffusion r A/rB of gases A and B is
15. According to kinetic theory of gases, for a diatomic given by
molecule (1991) (Where P and M are pressures and molecular weights
(a) the pressure exerted by the gas is proportional to of gases A and B respectively) (1998)
mean velocity of the molecule
(a) (P A/P B) (MA/MB)1/2 (b) (MA/MB) (PA/P B)1/2
(b) the pressure exerted by the gas is proportional to
the root mean velocity of the molecule (c) (P A/P B) (MB/MA)1/2 (d) (MA/MB) (PB/P A)1/2

(c) the root mean square velocity of the molecule is 22. A gas will approach ideal behaviour at (1999)
inversely proportional to the temperature (a) low temperature and low pressure
(d) the mean translational kinetic energy of the molecule (b) low temperature and high pressure
is proportional to the absolute temperature. (c) high temperature and low pressure
16. At constant volume, for a fixed number of moles of a (d) high temperature and high pressure
gas the pressure of the gas increases with rise of
temperature due to (1992) 23. The r.m.s. velocity of hydrogen is 7 time the r.m.s.
(a) increase in average molecular speed velocity of nitrogen. If T is the temperature of the gas,
(b) increase rate of collisions amongst molecules (2000)
(c) increase in molecular attraction (a) T (H2) = T (N2) (b) T (H2) > T (N2)
(d) decrease in mean free path
(c) T (H2) < T (N2) (d) T (H2) = 7 T (N2)
17. Equal weights of ethane and hydrogen are mixed in an
empty container at 25ºC. The fraction of the total 24. The compressibility of a gas is less than unity at STP.
pressure exerted by hydrogen is (1993) Therefore, (2000)
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 1 (a) Vm > 22.4 L (b) Vm < 22.4 L
(c) 1 : 16 (d) 15 : 16 (c) Vm = 22.4 L (d) Vm = 44.8 L
18. The ratio between the root mean square speed of H2 at 25. At 100ºC and 1 atm if the density of the liquid water is
50K and that of O2 at 800 K is (1996) 1.0 g cm–3 and that of water vapour is 0.0006 g cm–3,
(a) 4 (b) 2 then the volume occupied by water molecules in 1L of
steam at this temperature is (2000)
(c) 1 (d) 1/4
19. The compressibility factor for an ideal gas is (1997) (a) 6 cm3 (b) 60 cm3
(a) 1.5 (b) 1.0 (c) 0.6 cm3 (d) 0.06 cm3
(c) 2.0 (d)  26. The root mean square velocity of an ideal gas at
constant pressure varies with density (d) as (2001)
(a) d2 (b) d

(c) d (d) 1/ d
GASEOUS STATE 36
27. Which of the following volume (V)-temperature (T)
plots represents the behaviour of one mole of an ideal
gas at the atmospheric pressure ? (2002)

(a) (b)

(a) For the gas A, a = 0 and its dependence on p is

linear at all pressure.
(b) For the gas B, b = 0 and its dependence on p is linear
at all pressure.
(c) (d) (c) For the gas C, which is typical real gas for which
neither a nor b = 0. By knowing the minima and the
point of intersection, with Z = 1, a and b can be
calculated.
28. Positive deviation from ideal behaviour takes place (d) At high pressure, the slope is positive for all real gases.
because of (2003)
32. The term that corrects for the attractive forces present
(a) molecular interaction between atom and pV/nRT > 1 in a real gas in the van der Waals’ equation is (2009)
(b) molecular interaction between atom and pV/nRT < 1
(a) nb (b) n2 a/V2
(c) finite size of atoms and pV/nRT > 1
(c) – (n2 a/ V2) (d) – nb
(d) finite size of atoms and pV/nRT < 1
33. For one mole of a van der Waals’ gas when b = 0 and
29. For a monatomic gas kinetic energy = E. The relation
T = 300 K, the pV vs. 1/V plot is shown below. The
with rms velocity is (2004)
value of the van der Waals’ constant a (atm L mol–2)
1/ 2 1/ 2
 2E   3E  (2012)
(a) u    (b) u   
 m  2m 

1/ 2 1/ 2
 E   E 
(c) u    (d) u   
 2m   3m 

30. If helium and methane are allowed to diffuse out of the

container under the similar conditions of temperature
and pressure, then the ratio of rate of diffusion of
helium to methane is (2005)
(a) 2.0 (b) 1.0
(c) 0.5 (d) 4.0
(a) 1.0 (b) 4.5
31. T he given graph represent the variations of Z
(c) 1.5 (d) 3.0
pV
(compressibility factor (Z) = ) versus p, for three
nRT
real gases A, B and C. Identify the only incorrect
statement (2006)
GASEOUS STATE 37
34. One mole of a monoatomic real gas satisfies the (c) Urms is doubled when its temprature is increased four
times
equation p  V  b   RT where b is a constant. The
(d) Eav at a given temprature does not depend on its
relationship of interatomic potential V(r) and interatomic
molecular mass
distane r for the gas is given by (2015)
Numerical Value Type Questions
39. 3.7 g of a gas at 25ºC occupied the same volume as 0.184g
(a) (b) of hydrogen at 17ºC and at the same pressure. What is
the molecular weight of the gas ? (1972)
40. Calculate the density of NH3 at 30ºC and 5 atm pressure.
(1978)
(c) (d) 41. 4.215 g of a metallic carbonate was heated in a hard glass
tube, the CO2 evolved was found to measure 1336 mL at
35. A closed vessel contains 10 g of an ideal gas X at 300 K, 27ºC and 700 mm of Hg pressure. What is the equivalent
which exerts 2 atm pressure. At the same temperature, 80 weight of the metal ? (1979)
g of another ideal gas Y is added to it and the pressure 42. At room temperature, ammonia gas at 1 atm pressure and
becomes 6 atm. The ratio of root mean square velocities hydrogen chloride gas at p atm pressure are allowed to
of X and Y at 300 K is effuse through identical pin holes from opposite ends of
(a) 2 2 : 3 (b) 2 2 :1 a glass tube of one metre length and of uniform cross-
(c) 1: 2 (d) 2 :1 section. Ammonium chloride is first formed at a distance
of 60 cm from the end through which HCl gas is sent in.
Objective Questions II What is the value of p ? (1982)
[One or more than one correct option] 43. A spherical balloon of 21 cm diameter is to be filled up
36. If a gas is expanded at constant temperature (1986) with hydrogen at NTP from a cylinder containing the gas
(a) the pressure decreases at 20 atmospheres at 27ºC. If the cylinder can hold 2.82 L
of water, calculate the number of balloons that can be
(b) the kinetic energy of the molecules remains the same filled up. (1987)
(c) the kinetic energy of the molecules decreases
44. The average velocity at T1 K and the most probable at
(d) the number of molecules of the gas increases T2K of CO2 gas is 9.0 × 104 cm s-1. Calculate the value of
37. A gas described by van der Waals’ equation (2008) T1 and T2. (1990)
(a) behaves similar to an ideal gas in the limit of large 45. Calculat the volume occupied by 5.0 g of acetylene gas at
molar volumes 50ºC and 740 mm pressure. (1991)
(b) behaves similar to an ideal gas in the limit of large 46. At 27ºC, hydrogen is leaked through a tiny hole into a
pressures vessel for 20 min. Another unknown gas at the same
(c) is characterized by van der Waals’ coefficients that temperature and pressure as that of hydrogen is leaked
are dependent on the identity of the gas but are through same hole for 20 min. After the effusion of the
independent of the temperature gases the mixture exerts a pressure of 6 atm. The hydrogen
content of the mixture is 0.7 mole. If the volume of the
(d) has the pressure that is lower than the pressure
container is 3L. What is the molecular weight of the
exerted by the same gas behaving ideally
unknown gas ? (1992)
38. Which of the following statement(s) is (are) correct 21
regarding the root mean square speed (U rms ) and 47. A gas bulb of 1 L capacity contains 2.0 × 10 molecules
3 –2
average translational kinetic energy of a molecule in a of nitrogen exerting a pressure of 7.57 × 10 Nm .
gas at equilibrium ? (2019) Calculate the root mean square (rms) speed and the
(a) Urms is inversely proportional to the square root of its temperature of the gas molecules. If the ratio of the most
molecular mass probable speed to root mean square speed is 0.82,
calculate the most probable speed for these molecules at
(b) Eav is is doubled when its temprature is increased four
this temperature. (1993)
tiomes
GASEOUS STATE 38
48. The composition of the equilibrium mixture (Cl2  2Cl) Assertion Reason
which is attained at 1200ºC, is determined by measuring (A) If both Assertion and Reason are correct
the rate of effusion through a pin-hole. It is observed that and Reason is the correct explanation of
at 1.80 mm Hg pressure, the mixture effuses 1.16 times as Assertion.
fast as krypton effuses under the same conditions. (B) If both Assertion and Reason are true but
Calculate the fraction of chlorine molecules dissociated Reason is not the correct explanation of
into atoms (atomic weight of Kr = 84) (1995) Assertion.
49. An evacuated glass vessel weighs 50.0g when empty (C) If Assertion is true but Reason is false.
–1
148.0 g when filled with a liquid of density 0.98g mL and (D) If Assertion is false but Reason is true.
50.5 g when filled with an ideal gas at 760 mm Hg at 300 K. 57. Assertion (A): The value of van der Waals’ constant ‘a’ is
Determine the molar mass of the gas. (1998) larger for ammonia than for nitrogen.
50. Using Vander Waals’ equation, calculate the constant ‘a’ Reason (R): Hydrogen bonding is present in ammonia.
when two moles of a gas confined in a four litre flask exert (1998)
a pressure of 11.0 atm at a temperature of 300 K. The (a) A (b) B
-1
value of ‘b’ is 0.05 L mol . (1998)
(c) C (d) D
51. Calculate the pressure exerted by one mole of CO2 gas at 58. Assertion (A) : The pressure of a fixed amount of an ideal
6
273 K if the van der Waals’ constant a = 3.592 dm atm gas is proportional to its tempreature.
–2
mol . Assume that the volume occupied by CO 2 Reason (R): Frequency of collisions and their impact both
molecules is negligible. (2000) increase in proportions to the square root of the
52. The compression factor (compressibility factor) for one temperature. (2000)
mole of a van der Waals’ gas at 0ºC and 100 atm pressure (a) A (b) B
is found to be 0.5. Assuming that the volume of a gas (c) C (d) D
molecule is negligible, calculate the van der Waals’ Match the Following
constant ‘a’. (2001)
–1 Each question has two columns. Four options are
53. The average velocity of gas molecules is 400 m s , find
given representing matching of elements from
the rms velocity of the gas. (2003)
Column-I and Column-II.
238
54. A clsoed vessel with rigid walls contains 1 mol of U and
92
59. Match the gases under specified conditions listed in
1 mole of air at 298 K. Considering decay of 238
92 U to 206
82 Pb , Column I with their properties/laws in Column II.
the ratio of the final pressure to the initial pressure of the (2007)
system at 298 K is (2015) Column - I Column - II
55. The diffusion coefficeint of an ideal gas is proportional to (A) Hydrogen gas (p) compressibility factor  1
its mean free path and mean speed. The absolute
(p = 200 atm, T = 273 K)
temperature of an ideal gas is increased 4 times and its
pressure is increased 2 times. As a result, the diffusion (B) Hydrogen gas (q) attractive forces are dominant
coefficient of this gas increases x time. The value of x is, ( p  0, T = 273 K)
(2016)
(C) CO2 (r) pV = nRT
56. A gas has a compressibility factor of 0.5 and a molar
(p = 1 atm, T = 273 K)
volume of 0.4 dm3 mol-1 at a temperature of 800K and
pressure x atm. If it shows ideal gas behaviour at the (D) Real gas with very large (s) p (V – nb) = nRT
same temperature and pressure, the molar volume will molar volume
be y dm3 mol-1. The value of x/y is ____.
[Use: Gas constant, R = 8 x 10 -2 L atm K-1 mol-1]
(2023)
GASEOUS STATE 39
Paragraph Type Questions 63. Calculate the average kinetic energy, in Joule per molecule
in 8.0g of methane at 27ºC. (1982)
Use the following passage to answer Q.60 to Q.61
64. When 2g of a gas A is introduced into an evacuated flask
Passage kept at 25ºC, the pressure is found to be one atmosphere,
X and Y are two volatile liquids with molar weights of 10 g If 3g of another gas B is then added to the same flask, the
mol–1 and 40 g mol–1 respectively. Two cotton plugs, one total pressure becomes 1.5 atm. Assuming ideal gas
socked in X and the other soaked in Y, are simultaneously behaviour, calculate the ratio of the molecular weights
placed at the ends of a tube of length L = 24 cm, as shown MA : MB. (1983)
in the figure. The tube is filled with an inert gas at 1
65. Oxygen is present in one litre flask at a pressure of
atmosphere pressure and a temperature of 300 K. Vapours -10
7.6 × 10 mm Hg. Calculate the number of oxygen
of X and Y react to form a product which is first observed
at a distance d cm from the plug soaked in X. Take X and molecules in the flask at 0ºC. (1983)
Y to have equal molecular diameters and assume ideal 66. Give reasons for the following in one or two sentences.
behaviour for the inert gas and the two vapours. (i) A bottle of liquor ammonia should be cooled before
opening the stopper. (1983)
(ii) Equal volumes of gases contain equal number of moles.
(1984)
67. Calculate the root mean square velocity of ozone kept in
a closed vessel at 20ºC and 82 cm mercury pressure.
60. The value of d in cm (shown in the figure), as estimated
(1985)
from Graham’s law, is : (2014)
68. A 4 : 1 molar mixture of He and CH4 is contained in a
(a) 8 (b) 12 vessel at 20 bar pressure. Due to a hole in the vessel, the
(c) 16 (d) 20 gas mixture leaks out. What is the composition of the
61. The experimental value of d is found to be smaller than the mixture effusing out initially ? (1994)
estimate obtained using Graham’s law. This is due to 69. An LPG (liquified petroleum gas) cylinder weighs 14.8 kg
(2014) when empty. When full it weighs 29.0 kg and shows a
pressure of 2.5 atm. In the course of use at 27ºC, the weight
(A) larger means free path for X as compared to that of Y.
of the full cylinder reduces to 23.2 kg. Find out the volume
(B) larger means free path for Y as compared to that of X. of the gas in cubic metres used up at the normal usage
(C) increased collision frequency of Y with the inert gas as conditions, and the final pressure inside the cylinder.
compared to that of X with the inert gas. Assume LPG to the n-butane with normal boiling point of
0ºC. (1994)
(D) increased collision frequency of X with the inert gas
as compared to that of Y with the inert gas. 70. A mixture of ethane (C2H6) and ethene (C2H4) occupies
Subjective Type Questions 40 L at 1.00 atm and at 400 K. The mixture reacts completely
with 130 g of O2 to produce CO2 and H2O. Assuming ideal
62. The pressure in a bulb dropped from 2000 to 1500 mm of
gas behaviour, calculate the mole fractions of C2H4 and
mercury in 47 min when the contained oxygen leaked
through a small hole. The bulb was then evacuated. A C2H6 in the mixture. (1995)
mixture of oxygen and another gas of molecular weight 79 71. A mixture of ideal gases is cooled up to liquid helium
in the molar ratio of 1 : 1 at a total pressure of 4000 mm of temperature (4.22 K) to form an ideal solution. Is this
mercury was introduced. Find the molar ratio of the two statement true or false ? Justify your answer in not more
gases remaining in the bulb after a period of 74 min. than two lines. (1996)
(1981)
GASEOUS STATE 40
72. (a) One mole of nitrogen gas at 0.8 atm takes 38 s to diffuse Fill in the Blanks
through a pin-hole, whereas one mole of an unknown
74. The total energy of one mole of an ideal monatomic gas at
compound of xenon with fluorine at 1.6 atm takes 57 s
27º C is ............... cal. (1984)
to diffuse through the same hole. Calculate the
molecular formula of the compound. 75. Cp – CV for an ideal gas is ............... (1984)
(b) The pressure exerted by 12 g of an ideal gas at 76. The rate of diffusion of a gas is .............. proportional to
temperature tºC in a vessel of volume V litre is one both .............. and square root of molecular mass.(1986)
atm. When the temperature is increased by 10ºC at the 77. The value of PV for 5.6L of an ideal gas is ........... RT, at
same volume, the pressure increases by 10%. Calculate NTP. (1987)
the temperature ‘t’ and volume V. (molecular weight
78. 8g each of oxygen and hydrogen at 27ºC will have the
of the gas = 120) (1999)
total kinetic energy in the ratio of .............. (1989)
73. The density of the vapour of a substance at 1 atm pressure
–3 79. The absolute temperature of an ideal gas is .......... to/than
and 500 K is 0.36 kg m . The vapour effuses through a the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules. (1997)
small hole at a rate of 1.33 times faster than oxygen under
the same condition. True/False
(a) Determine, (i) molecular weight (ii) molar volume 80. Kinetic energy of a molecule is zero at 0ºC. (1985)
(iii) compression factor (z) of the vapour and (iv) which 81. A gas in a closed container will exert much higher pressure
forces among the gas molecules are dominating, the due to gravity at the bottom than at the top. (1985)
attractive or the repulsive ?
 n 2a 
(b) If the vapour behaves ideally at 1000 K, determine the 82. In the van der Waals’ equation  p   (V – nb) = nRT
T
average translational kinetic energy of a molecule.  V2 

(2002) the constant ‘a’ reflects the actual volume of the gas
molecules. (1993)

Find Answer Key and Detailed Solutions at the end of this book

GASEOUS STATE

Please share your valuable feedback by

scanning the QR code.
HYDROGEN
 Chapter 13 42

HYDROGEN

1. INTRODUCTION (c) Ionization Enthalpy

Hydrogen as well as halogens both have higher ionization
Hydrogen in atomic form consists of one proton and one
enthalpies.
electron but, in elemental form it exists as a diatomic (H2)
molecule. H2 is called as dihydrogen. H F Cl

2. POSITION OF HYDROGEN IN THE PERIODIC TABLE 1312 kJ/mol 1680 kJ/mol 1255 kJ/mol
(d) Formation of Uninegative ion
Hydrogen is the first element of the periodic table as its atomic
number is 1. The single electron is present in the K shell i.e. first Both hydrogen as well as halogens have the tendency to gain
shell with electron configuration 1s1. Hydrogen resembles in one electron to form uninegative ion so as to have the nearest
many properties with alkali metals (1st group) as well as halogen noble gas electronic configuration.
(group 17). This dual behaviour of hydrogen may arise due to (e) Formation of Hydrides and Covalent Compounds
its electronic configuration i.e. 1s1 Hydrogen as well as halogens combine with elements to form
2.1 Properties Resembling with Alkali Metals hydrides and a larger number of covalent compounds.
(a) Electronic Configuration : The valence shell electron For example ; CCl4 SiCl4 NaCl
configuration of hydrogen and alkali metals are similar i.e. ns1. CH4 SiH4 NaH
(b) Formation of Unipositive ion : Hydrogen as well as alkali 2.3 Difference from Alkali Metals
metals lose one electron to form unipositive ions. (a) Ionization enthalpy of hydrogen (1312 kJ mol–1) is very high
(c) Formation of Oxides, Halides and Sulphides : Just like alkali as compared to that of alkali metals.
metals hydrogen combines with electronegative elements such (Li = 520 kJ mol–1, Na = 495 kJ mol–1)
as oxygen, halogen and sulphur forming oxide, halide and
(b) Alkali metals possess metallic character but hydrogen does
sulphide respectively.
not possesses metallic character under normal conditions.
Example Na2O NaCl Na2S
(c) The size of H+ i.e. nucleus of H atom is 1.5  103 pm. Which
H2O HCl H2S
is extremely small as compared to normal atomic and ionic
(d) Reducing Nature : Like, alkali metals hydrogen also acts as sizes of alkali metals (50 to 200 pm). As a result, H+ does not
reducing agent. exist freely and is always associated with other atoms or
 
CuO  H 2  Cu  H 2 O ; B2 O3  6K  3K 2 O  2B molecules. It exists as hydrated proton with formula H 3 O 

2.2 Properties Resembling with Halogens in aqueous solution.

(a) Electronic Configuration 2.4 Difference from Halogens

Both have one electron less than that of nearest inert gas (a) The reactivity of hydrogen is very low as compared to
configuration. halogens.
(b) Oxides of halogens are acidic while that of hydrogen is
(b) Atomicity
neutral.
Like halogens, hydrogen forms diatomic molecule too. For
example, Cl2, Br2, I2 etc. 3. DIHYDROGEN (H2)

3.1 Occurence
It is most abundent element of the universe (70% of the total
mass) but it is much less abundent element (0.15% by mass) in
the earth atmospher due to its light nature. In combined form it
constitutes 15.4% of the earth crust and the oceans.

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 43
3.2 Isotopes

Hydrogen has three isotopes namely protium 11 H , deuterium 12 H or D and tritium 13 H or T. They differ from one another by the
number of neutrons present in them, Protonium has no neutrons. Deuterium which is also known as heavy hydrogen has one
neutron and Tritium has two neutrons in the nucleus.
Property Hydrogen Deuterium Tritium
Relative abundance (%) 99.985 0.0156 10–15
Relative atomic mass (g mol–1) 1.008 2.014 3.016
Melting point / K 13.96 18.73 20.62
Boiling point / K 20.39 23.67 25.0
Density / gL –1
0.09 0.18 0.27
Enthalpy of fusion/kJ mol –1
0.117 0.197
Enthalpy of vaporization/ kJ mol –1
0.904 1.226 -
Enthalpy of bond dissociation /kJ mol–1 at 298.2 K 435.88 443.35 -
Internuclear distance / pm 74.14 74.14 -
Ionization enthalpy / kJ mol –1
1312 – –
Electron gain enthalpy/kJ mol –1
–73 - -
Covalent radius / pm 37 - -
Ionic radius (H ) / pm
–
208 - -

3.3 Preparation of Dihydrogen, (H2) (iii) It is obtained as a by-product in the manufacture of sodium
(A) Laboratory Method hydroxide and chlorine by the electrolysis of brine solution.

(i) From Acid : It is usually prepared by the reaction of At cathode : 2H2O (l) + 2e–  H2(g) + 2OH– (aq)
granulated zinc with dil. HCl. At anode : 2Cl–(aq)  Cl2(g) + 2e–
Overall Reaction is :
Zn  granulated   2H   dilute   Zn 2  H 2
2Na+ (aq) + 2Cl–(aq) + 2H2O(l)  Cl2(g) + H2(g) + 2Na+(aq) +
(ii) From Alkali : It can also be prepared by the reaction of Zn 2OH–(aq)
with aqueous NaOH.
Coal Gasification Process :

Zn  2NaOH 

 Na 2 ZnO2  H 2 (iv) By passing steam over hydrocarbons or coke at high
Sodium Zincate temperature in the presence of catalyst yields dihydrogen.

CH 4  H 2 O  g  
 CO  g   3H 2  g 
1270K

2Al  2H 2 O  2NaOH  2NaAlO 2  3H 2 Ni
Sodium meta aluminate
Mixture of CO and H2 is called water gas. It is used for the
(B) Commericial Production of Dihydrogen synthesis of methanol and a number of hydrocarbons, it is also
(i) Electrolysis of acidified/alkaline water using platinum called synthesis gas or “syngas”. Syngas is obtained now a
electrodes gives hydrogen gas. day from sewage, saw-dust, scrap wood, news papers etc. The
process of producing ‘syngas’ from coal is called ‘coal
2H2 O  l   2H2  g   O2  g 
electrolysis gasification’
Traces of acid/base
1270 K
(ii) High purity (>99.95%) dihydrogen is obtained by the C  s   H 2 O  g  
 CO  g   H 2  g 
electrolysis of warm aqueous barium hydroxide solution
between nickel electrodes.

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 44
The yield of dihydrogen can be increased by reacting CO of 3.4 Properties of Dihydrogen
syngas mixture with steam in the presence of iron chromate as 3.4.1 Physical Properties
catalyst
(a) It is a colourless, odourless tasteless gas.
673 K
CO  H 2 O 
catalyst
 CO2  g   H2  g  (b) It is combustible gas; so it should be carefully handled with
care while using.
This reaction which involves the oxidation of CO into CO2 is (c) It is lighter than air (density = 1/24th that of air) and insoluble
called water - gas shift reaction. The CO2 formed is removed by in water.
scrubbing with sodium arsenite solution. 3.4.2 Chemical Properties
(v) By Lane’s process. It involves two steps – The chemical reactivity of dihydrogen is very low at room
(a) Oxidation Stage temperature. It is because of its very high H–H bond dissociation
enthalpy (439.9 kJ mol–1). This bond enthalpy infact is the highest
Fe(fillings) + H 2 O (super heated steam) for any single bond enthalpy between two atoms of any element.
10251075K
  The relative inert nature of dihydrogen due to the high H–H
  Fe3O 4 + 4H 2
bond enthalpy may be understood by the fact that the
(b) Reduction Stage dissociation of dihydrogen into atoms is only 0.081 % at around
2000 K which increases to 95.5% at 5000 K. Thus, the atomic
Fe3O 4  2H 2  CO  3Fe  2H 2 O  CO2 hydrogen is produced at a high temperature in an electric arc or

Coal gas under ultraviolet radiations with its incomplete 1s1 electronic
configuration. It combine with almost all the elements with its
(vi) Common Methods incomplete electronic configuration to give hydrogen halide. It
(i) Action of water with Na, K & Ca at room temperature . undergoes chemical reaction by :
2Na + 2H2O  2NaOH + H2 (a) loss of the only electron to give H+
(ii) Action of water with Mg, Al and Zn at boiling temperature (b) gain of an electron to form H–
of water. (c) sharing an electron to form a single covalent bond.
 (1) Reaction with Halogens
Mg + H 2 O  MgO + H 2
It reacts with halogen, X2
H2 (g) + X2(g)  2HX (g) ( X = F,Cl, Br, I)
Reaction with fluorine occurs even in the dark while reaction
with iodine occurs in the presence of a catalyst. Order of
reactivity is F > Cl > Br > I
(2) Reaction with Dioxygen
It burns in air with a pale blue flame to form water This reaction
is highly exothermic.

2H 2  g   O 2  g  
 2H 2 O  l 
catalyst
heating ;

 H 0  285 KJ mol 1
(3) Reaction with Nitrogen (Haber Process for Manufacture of
Preparation of Dihydrogen NH3) with Dinitrogen
673K,200 atm
3H 2  g   N 2  g    2NH3  g  ;
Fe/Mo

H o  92.6 KJ mol1
At 673 k, 200 atm pressure, it gives NH3

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 45
(4) Reaction with Metals (a) Hydrogenation of Vegetable Oils
It combines with many metals at a high temperature to form the 473K
corresponding hydrides. Vegetable oil + H2(g) 
Ni
Edible fats (margarine and

H2 (g) + 2M(g)  2MH(s) ; M = alkali metal vanaspati ghee)

With metals like, Pt, Pd, Ni, etc, hydrogen forms interstitial (b) Hydroformylation of Olefins
hydrides in which hydrogen atoms get trapped in the intersitial It yields aldehydes which further undergo reduction to give
voids in the metallic crystals. This property is referred to as alcohols.
occlussion. The occuluded hydrogen liberates on strong
Catalyst
heating. RCH  CH 2  H 2  CO  RCH 2 CH 2 CHO
(5) Reaction with Metal ions and Metal Oxides
catalyst
Dihydrogen reduces some metal ions (lying below hydrogen) RCH 2 CH 2 CHO  H 2 
 RCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH
in aqueous solution and oxides of metals which are less reactive (c) Hydrogenation of Unsaturated Alkenes
than iron into corresponding metals.
Unsaturated hydrocarbons undergo hydrogenation in the
H2(g) + Pd2+ (aq)  Pd (s) + 2H+(aq) presence of Ni/Pt to give saturated hydrocarbons
MxOy(s) + yH2(g)  xM(s) + y H2O(l)
Ni or Pt
CH 2  CH 2  H 2 
 CH3  CH3
 473K
CuO (s) + H2(g)  Cu(s) + H2O(l)
(6) Reaction with Organic Compounds CH  CH  2H 2 
Ni or Pt
 CH3  CH3
473K
Dihydrogen combines with many organic compounds in the
presence of catalyst to give useful hydrogenated products of
commercial importance.

Chemical Properties of Dihydrogen

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 46
3.5 Uses It reveals that on a mass for mass basis dihydrogen can release
(i) In the manufacture of ammonia which is used in the more energy than that of petrol (about three times). Further
manufacture of nitric acid and nitrogenous fertilizers pollutants in combustion of dihydrogen will be less than petrol.
The only pollutant in this will be the oxides of nitrogen which is
(ii) In the manufacture of vanaspati ghee by hydrogenation
formed due to the presence of dinitrogen as impurity with
of polyunsaturated vegetable oils like, soyabean, cotton
dihydrogen. This can be minimised by injecting a small amount
seed etc.
of water into the cylinder to lower the temperature, so that the
(iii) In the manufacture of bulk organic chemical, particularly reaction between dinitrogen and oxygen may not take place. A
methanol. cylinder of compressed dihydrogen weight about 30 times as
much as a tank of petrol containing the same amount of energy.
CO  g   2H 2  g  
 CH3OH  l 
Cobalt
catalyst,  Also dihydrogen gas is converted into liquid state by cooling
to 20K. This would require coastly insulated tanks of metal
(iv) In preparation of metal hydrides and hydrogen chloride alloy, tanks of metal alloy like NaNi5, Ti–TiH2, Mg–MgH2 etc,
which are highly useful chemicals. are used for storage of dihydrogen in small quantities. These
(v) It is used in the metallurgical process to reduce heavy limitations have prompted the scientists to search for alternative
metal oxides in to metals. techniques to use dihydrogen in an efficient way. In this respect
(vi) Atomic hydrogen (where temperature required is 2500 K) hydrogen economy is an alternative. The basic principle of
and oxy-hydrogen torches (where temperature required is hydrogen economy is the transportation and storage of energy
4000 K) are used for cutting and welding purposes. in the form of liquid or gasseous dihydrogen. Advantage of
hydrogen economy is that energy is transmitted in the form of
Dissociation of dihydrogen with the help of an electric arc
dihydrogen and not as electric power.
produces atomic hydrogen atoms. The atomic hydrogen
atoms are allowed to recombine on the surface to be welded 1. In india in october 2005 a pilot project using dihydrogen as
to regenerate the temperature of 4000K. fule was launched for running automobiles Initially 5%
hydrogen has been mixed in CNG for use in four wheeler
(vii) Mixed with liquid oxygen,it is used as a rocket fuel in space
vehicles.
research.
2. Now a days it is also used in fuel cells for generation of
(viii) It is used in fuel cells for generating electrical energy because
electric power.
it does not produce any pollution and releases greater
energy per unit mass of fuel in comparision to gasoline
and other fuels.
3.6 Dihydrogen as a Fuel
Dihydrogen on combustion liberates large quantities of heat.
Following table gives the data on energy release by combustion
of fuels like dihydrogen, methane, LPG etc. in terms of the some
amounts in mole, mass and volume.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Energy released Dihydrogen (g) Dihydrogen  ΔU  LPG CH4 (g) octane  ΔU  combustion in kJ

___________________________________________________________________________________________________
Per mole 286 285 2220 880 5511
Per gram 143 142 50 53 47
Per litre 12 9968 25590 35 3 4005
____________________________________________________________________________________________________

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 47

4. HYDRIDES CH4, PH3,NH3 etc. Being covalent they are volatile compounds
and more soluble in organic solvents. Molecular hydrides are
Dihydrogen combines with a large number of non-metals and
further classified according to the relative numbers of electrons
metals, except noble gases, (under certain suitable reaction
and bond in their Lewis structures.
conditions) to form binary compounds. These binary
compounds are called hydrides. The hydrides can be (a) Electon Deficient Hydrides they have too few electrons for
represented by the general formula EHx (e.g. MgH2) or EmHn writing their conventional lewis structures. Examples: C2H6 and
(e.g. B2H6) all elements of group 13th form electron deficient compounds.
They acts as lewis acid i.e., electron acceptor.
4.1 Classification of Hydrides
(b) Electron Precise Hydrides they have required number of
electron for writing their conventional Lewis structures. Example:
CH4 and hydrides or group 14th elements. They have tetrahedral
geometry.
(c) Electron Rich Hydrides they have excess of electrons which
are present as lone pairs examples: Elements of group 15-17
form such hydrides NH3-1 lone pair: H2O-2 lone pairs HF -3 lone
pairs They acts as lewis base. i.e. electron donors.
4.1.1 Ionic or Saline Hydrides
There are hydrides of elements which are more electropositive NOTE
than hydrogen. These are stoichiometric compounds of The presence of lone pairs on highly electronegative atoms
dihydrogen formed with most of the s-block elements which are like N,O, and F in hydrides results in hydrogen bond formation
highly electropositive in nature. However, the lighter metal between the molecules leading to the association of molecule.
hydrides such as LiH, BeH2 and MgH2 have significant covalent 4.1.3 Metallic or Non - Stoichiometric (Interstitial) Hydrides
character. Infact BeH2 and MgH2 are polymeric in nature. Ionic
These are formed by many d-block and f-block elements however
hydrides are crystalline, nonvolatile and non conducting in solid
metal of group 7, 8 and 9 do not form hydride it called as hydride
state. But their molten state conduct electricity and on
gap. Ratio is not fixed between metal and H2. Chromium only the
electrolysis, liberate dihydrogen gas at anode. .Which confirms
6th group metals which form metallic hydrides, (CrH). These
theexistenceof H– ion. 2H–(melt)  H2(g) + 2e– at anode These
hydrides conduct electricity and heat not as efficiently as their
hydrides react with water violently libereting dihydrogen gas.
parent metals do. They are almost always non-stoichiometric,
NaH (s) + H2O (l)  NaOH (aq) + H2(g) being deficient in hydrogen. Examples : LaH2.87 , YbH2.55, TiH1.5–
Similarly with protonic solvent such as ethanol and ammonia, 1.8
, ZrH1.3–1.75, VH0.56, NiH0.6–0.7, PdH0.6–0.8 etc. Earlier it was thought
they combine and liberates dihydrogen gas. that in these hydrides , hydrogen occupies interstitial sites in
LiH + CH3OH  LiOCH3 + H2  the metal lattice producing distortion without any change in its
type. This gave the name interstitial hydrides to this type of
NaH + NH3  NaNH2 + H2 
hydrides but recent studies have shown that except for hydrides
NOTE of Ni, Pd, Ce and Ac, other hydrides of this class have lattice
LiH is unreactive at moderate temperature with O2 or Cl2 and different from that of the parent metals.This property of
therefore, it is used in the synthesis of other useful hydrides, absorption of hydrogen on transition metal is largely used in
e.g.8 LiH + Al2Cl6  2LiAlH4 + 6LiCl ; 2 LiH + B2H6  2LiBH4 the catalytic reduction, hydrogenation reaction for the
preparation of large number of compounds. Pd, Pt etc. can
Ionic hydrides are powerful reducing agents
accomodate a very large volume of hydrogen and therefore can
2CO + NaH  HCOONa + C ; be used as its storage media.
PbSO4 + 2CaH2  PbS + 2Ca(OH)2 NOTE
4.1.2 Covalent or Molecular Hydrides
The inability of metals of group 7,8,9 of periodic table to form
These are the binary compounds of hydrogen with most of the hydrides is referred to as hydride gap of d-block.
p-block elements which have relatively high electronegativity.
Covalent hydrides involves the formation of covalent bonds
between H–atoms and other atoms by sharing of electrons.
Some important examples of covalent hydrides are HCl, H2O,

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 48

5. WATER The high heat of vaporisation and heat capacity are responsible
for moderation of the climate and body temperature of living
A major part of all living organisms is made up of water. Human
beings.
body has about 65% and some plants about 95%. It is a crucial
compound for survival of all life forms. It is a solvent of great It is an excellent solvent for transportation of ions and molecules
importance. The distribution of water over the earth’s surface is needed/essential for plant and animal metabolism. Polar
not uniform. molecules and also the covalent compounds like alcohol and
carbohydrates dissolve in water due to hydrogen bonding. It is
a highly polar molecule and in the liquid phase water molecules
are associated together by hydrogen bonds. Its crystalline form
is ice.
At atmospheric pressure ice crystallises in the hexagonal form,
but at very low temperature it condenses to cubic form. Density
of ice is less than that of water. Therefore, an ice floats on water.
NOTE
5.1 Physical Properties
In winter season ice formed on the surface of a lake gives
It is a colourless and tasteless liquid. It has some unique and
thermal insulation and this ensures the survival of the aquatic
unusual properties in the condensed phase (liquid and solid
life.
states) which are due to the presence of extensive hydrogen
bonding between water molecules. Hydrogen bonding leads to
high freezing point, high boiling point, high heat of vaporisation
and high heat of fusion in comparision to H2S and H2Se. In
comparison to other liquids water has a higher specific heat,
thermal conductivity, surface tension, dipole moment and
dielectric constant etc than most of the other liquids. Because
of these properties water play a vital and key role in the
biosphere.

Property H2O D2O

Molecular mass (g mol ) –1
18.0151 20.0276
Melting point / K 273.0 276.8
Boiling point / K 373.0 374.4
Enthalpy of formation / KJ mol–1 –285.9 –294.6
Enthalpy of vaporisation (373K) / KJ mol–1 40.66 41.61
Enthalpy of fusion / KJ mol –1
6.01 -
Temp of max. density / K 276.98 284.2
Density (298K) g cm –3
1.0000 1.1059
Viscosity / centipoise 0.8903 1.107
Dielectric constant / C /N.m
2 2
78.39 78.06

Electrical conductivity 5.7  108 -

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 49
Structure of Ice oxidation
2H2O (l) + 2Na(s) 
reduction
 2NaOH(aq) + H2(g)
Ice has a highly ordered three dimensional hydrogen bonded
structure 6CO2(g) + 12 H2O(l)  C6H12O6(aq) + 6H2O(l) + 6O2(g)
This reaction occurs during photosynthesis
2F2(g) + 2H2O(l)  4H+ (aq) + 4F– (aq) + O2(g)
(3) Hydrolysis Reaction
It has a very strong hydrating tendency because of its high
dielectric constant. Hydrolysis of certain covalent and some
ionic compounds takes place in water.
P4O10 + 6H2O(l)  4H3PO4(aq)
SiCl4(l) + 2H2O(l) 

 SiO2(s) + 4 HCl(aq)

N3– (s) + 3H2O (l)  NH3(g) + 3OH– (aq)

(4) Hydrates Formation
Many salts on crystallisation from their aqueous solutions yield
hydrate salts. There are three ways of association of water as
According to X–rays analysis of ice crystals, each oxygen atom given below.
is surrounded tetrahedrally by four other oxygen atoms at a (i) Coordinated water : Attached to central metal ion through
distance of 2.76 Å. There are four H atoms around each O atom. coordinate – covalent bond. [Cr(H2O)6]3+3Cl–
Two of the four H atmos are bonded by covalent bonds (bonds
(ii) Interstitial water : Water molecules occupy the interstices
lengths 100 pm) where as the other two are bonded through H–
of the crystal lattice of the compound e.g. BaCl2.2H2O.
bonds (bond lengths 176 pm) Hydrogen bonding gives ice open
cage like structure with wide holes. As a consequence of this, (iii) Hydrogen bonded water : Water is attached to the
ice has a relatively large volume for a given mass of liquid water. compound making hydrogen bond .
5.2 Chemical Properties of H2O [Cu(H2O)4]2+ SO42–. H2O in CuSO4.5H2O
(1) Amphoteric Nature
It has the ability act as an acid as well as a base i.e., it behave as
an amphoteric substance.
H2O(l) + NH3(aq)  OH–(aq) + NH4+(aq)

H2O(l) + H2S (aq)  H3O+(aq) + HS–(aq)

The auto -protolysis (self ionisation) of water occurs as :
H2O(l) + H2O (l)  H3O+(aq) + OH–(aq)
acid – 1 base –1 acid-2 base-2
(acid) (base) conjugate acid conjugate base
(2) Redox Reaction Involving Water Chemical Properties of H2O
Water can be easily reduced dihydrogen by highly
electropositive metals.

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 50

6. HARDNESS OF WATER OR
6.1 Temporary Hardness Na6P6O18  2Na + Na4P6O182–
+

It is due to the presence of the soluble bicarbonates of M2+ + Na4P6O182–  [Na2MP6O18]2– + 2Na+ (M = Mg/Ca)
magnesium and calcium. Methods used for removing the (c) Ion-exchange Method
temporary hardness of water are as follows - (Zeolite/permutit method) With zeolite (hydrated sodium
(a) Boiling aluminium silicate) NaAlSiO4, hard water gives following
Soluble salts converts to insoluble salt during boiling which exchange reaction.
forms ppt and can easily removed by filtration. 2NaZ(s) + M2+(aq)  MZ2(s) + 2Na+(aq) (M = Ca2+/ Mg2+)
The exhausted zeolite is regenerated for further use by treating
Mg  HCO3 2 
 Mg  OH 2  2CO 2 
Boil
with aqueous solution of NaCl
Mg(OH)2 is precipitated because of high solubility product of MZ2(s) + 2NaCl(aq)  2NaZ(s) + MCl2(aq)
Mg(OH)2 as compared to that of MgCO3
(d) Synthetic Resin Method
Ca  HCO3 2 
Boil
 CaCO3  CO2  H2 O This method is more efficient than zeolite. It involves the use of
cation exchange resin and anion exchange resin for softening
Filtrate is soft water.
of water. Cation exchange resin contain large organic molecules
(b) Clark’s Method (Calcium Hydroxide/Lime Water Method) with –SO3H group and are insoluble. Anion exchange resin
Ca(HCO3)2 + Ca(OH)2 (calculated amount)  2CaCO3  + 2H2O contain large organic molecules with –OH group and are
insoluble.
Mg(HCO3)2 + 2Ca(OH)2(calculated amount)  2CaCO3  + Reaction with Cation Exchange Resin
Mg(OH)2  + 2H2O RSO3H + NaCl  RSO3Na + HCl
6.2 Permanent Hardness 2RNa(s) + M2+(aq)  R2M(s) + 2Na+ (aq) (M2+ = Ca2+ / Mg2+)
It cannot be removed by boiling it is due to the presence of Hard water
soluble salts of magnesium and calcium in the form of chlorides Exhausted resin is then regenerated by treating with NaCl
and sulphates. solution. Pure de-mineralised water which is free from all soluble
Methods used for removing the permanent hardness of water mineral salts is obtained by passing water successively through
are as follows - a cation exchange (in the H+ form) and an anion exchange (in the
OH– form).
(a) Addition of Washing Soda (Sodium Carbonate)
It reacts with chloride and sulphate of Mg 2+ and Ca 2+ to 2RH(s) + M2+(aq)  MR2(s) + 2H+(aq) Here in this H+ exchange
precipitate out as MgCO3 and CaCO3. for Na+, Mg2+, Ca2+ and other cation present in the water. This
process results in the release of proton and thus makes the
MCl2 + Na2CO3  MCO3  + 2 NaCl (M = Mg/Ca) water acidic. In the anion exchange process as given below,
OH– exchanges for anion like, Cl–, HCO3–, SO42– etc, present in
MSO4 + Na2CO3  MCO3  + Na2SO4 (M = Mg/Ca)
the water, this process results in the release of OH– which
(b) Calgon’s Method neutralise the H+ ions released in the cation exchange.
Sodium hexametaphosphate (Na6P6O18 or Na2[Na4(PO3)6] is RNH2(s) + H2O(l)  RNH3+.OH–(s)
commerically called ‘calgon’ forms soluble complexes with Mg2+
and Ca2+ ions. RNH3+.OH–(s) + X–(aq)  RNH3X– + OH–
2Ca2+ + Na2[Na4(PO3)6]  Na2[Ca2(PO3)6] (soluble complex) + H+(aq) + OH–(aq)  H2O(l)
Hard water 4Na+ The exhausted cation and anion exchange resin are regenerated
2Mg2+ + Na2[Na4(PO3)6]  Na2[Mg2(PO3)6] (soluble complex) + by treatment with dilute acid and dilute alkali solutions
Hard water 4Na+ respectively.

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 51
6.3 Difference between Hard Water and Soft Water
Hard water Soft water
1. Water containing calcium and magnesium in the form 1. Water free from soluble salts of calcium and magnesium is called
of bicarbonates, chlorides and sulphates, does soft water. not give lather with soap. This typeof water is called
It gives lather with soap easily. hard water.
2. River water, sea water, tap water are common examples 2. Distilled water and rain water are common examples of soft water.
of hard water..
3. It forms scum/precipitate with soap. It reacts with soap 3. It does not form scum/precipitate with soap.
(containing sodium sterate) to precipitate out Ca/ Mg
sterate.
2C17H35COONa(aq) + M+(aq)


(C17H35COO)2M  + 2Na+(aq) M = Ca/Mg
4. It is not suitable for the laundary because of the above 4. It is suitable for laundry as well as for boilers.
reason. It is also harmful for boilers because of the
deposition of salt in the form of scales. The scale
formation reduces the efficiency of the boiler.

7. HEAVY WATER (D2O) 8. HYDROGEN PEROXIDE (H2O2)

7.1 Preparation It is an important chemical used in pollution control treatment
(a) By prolonged/exhaustive electrolysis of water. of domestic and individual effluents.

(b) Obtained as a by product in some fertilizer industries. 8.1 Methods of Preparation

7.2 Properties (A) Laboratory Method

Heavy water is colourless, tasteless and odourless liquid. All

physical constants of heavy water are higher than the
corresponding values of ordinary water. Chemically heavy water
is similar to ordinary water but the chemical reactions are slower Anhydrous BaO2 cannot be used, as BaSO4 formed by the
than those of ordinary water. reaction with H2SO4, forms a thin protective film around BaO2
7.3 Uses and reaction slowly ceases and finally stops after sometime. So
hydrated barium peroxide is used.
(i) It is widely used as moderator in nuclear reactors.
(ii) It is used in exchange reactions for the study of the reaction H 2 O2 + Ba (OH) 2 + 6 H 2O  BaO2 . 8 H 2 O
mechanism. sat.soln.

(iii) It is used for the preparation of other deuterium compounds. Acidifying barium peroxide and removing excess of water by
evaporation under reduced pressure gives H2O2. BaSO4 is
CaC2 + D2O  C2D2 + Ca(OD)2
removed by filteration.
SO3 + D2O  D2SO4
Al4C3 + 12D2O  3CD4 + 4Al(OD)3 BaO2 .8H 2 O  H 2SO 4  BaSO4   H 2 O2  8H2 O
cold ppt.

Since H2SO4 can decompose H2O2 at a higher temperature,

therefore, this reaction should be carried out at low temperature.
H3PO4 can be used in place of H2SO4.

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 52

3BaO2 + 2H3PO4  Ba3(PO4)2  + H2O2; Ba3(PO4)2 + 3H2SO4  8.2 Properties of H2O2

(a) Physical Properties
3BaSO4  + 2H3PO4 (can be used again)
(1) In pure state it is a colourless viscous liquid, which appears
(B) Industrial Method
blue in the large quantity.
(i) Auto Oxidation
(2) It is H–bonded and therefore, miscible with water in all
proportions and forms a hydrate H2O2 . H2O has melting
point 221 K.
(3) Its boiling point (144°C) is more than water , freezing point
(–4°C) is less and density is more than water.
(ii) By electrolysis of Conc. H2SO4 (50%) at 00C using Inert Its aqueous solution is more stable than the anhydrous liquid
Electrodes where it decomposes into water and O2, slowlyon exposure to
light.
Cathode : Platinum
Anode : Graphite 2 H2O2  2 H2O + O2

H2SO4  H+ + HSO4– H2O2 is not kept in glass/metal containers because traces of

alkali metal ions and metal ions from the glass and metal surface
At Anode : 2 HSO4–  S2O8–2 + 2 H+ + 2e– respectively can catalyse the explosive decomposition of H2O2.
or Therefore, H2O2 aqueous solution is stored in the plastic or
(2 HSO4– (aq)  HO3SOOSO3 ) wax–lined glass containers in dark and some urea, phosphoric
acid or glycerol is added to that solution because these
  1 compounds have been found to behave as negative catalyst
At Cathode : H  e  H2
for the decomposition of H2O2. It is also kept away from the
2
dust because dust can also induce explosive decomposition. A
30% solution of H2O2 is marketed as 100 volume H2O2. It means
that one mililitre of 30% H2O2 solution will give 100 volume of O2
STP. Commercially it is marketed as 10 V, which means it contains
3% H2O2.
(b) Chemical Properties
K2S2O8 (s) + 2 D2O (l)  2 KDSO4 (aq) + D2O2 (l) (1) Acidic Nature
(iii) Modified Method Aqueous H2O2 behaves as a weak acid according to following
Equimolar mixture of sulphuric acid and ammonium sulphate is equation.
used for electrolysis. (NH4)2 SO4 + H2SO4  2 NH4HSO 4
H2O2 (aq)  H+ + HO2– Ka = 1.5 × 10–12 at 250 C
(ammonium hydrogen sulphate)
A 30% soln. of H2O2 has pH = 4
NH4HSO4  NH4SO4– + H+
Aqueous H2O2 turns blue litmus red, which is bleached by
1 oxidising property of H2O2.
At Cathode : H+ + e–  H 2
2
Na2CO3 + H2O2  Na2O2 + H2O + CO2 
At Anode :
Ba (OH)2 + H2O2 + 6 H2O  BaO2. 8 H2O
2 NH4SO4–  (NH4)2 S2O8 (ammonium persulphate) + 2e–
(2) Oxidising Nature of H2O2
distillation
(NH4)2 S2O8 + H2O   2 NH4 HSO4 + H2O2 2e– + 2 H+ + H2O2  2 H2O SRP = + 1.77 V (in acidic medium)
In this case 1% H2O2 is formed. It is extracted with water and 2e + H2O2  2 OH
– –
SRP = + 0.87 V (in basic medium)
concentrated to approximately 30% (by mass) by distillation
On the basis of above potential, we can say that H2O2 is a
under reduced pressure. It can be further concentrated by careful
stronger oxidising agent in acidic medium than in basic medium
distillation under low pressure to approximately 85%. The
but kinetically it is found that reactions are faster in basic
remaining water can be frozen out to obtain pure H2O2 .
medium.

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 53
(a) Oxidising Action in Acidic Medium 8.3 Structure
2 Fe + 2 H (aq). + H2O2  2 Fe (aq) + 2 H2O (l)
2+ + 3+
Hydrogen peroxide is non planar structure. The two oxygen
2H2O2 + NH2 .NH2  N2 + 4H2O. (reaction is explosive) atoms are linked to each other by a single covalent bond and
each oxygen is further linked to a hydrogen atom by a single
hydrazine
covalent bond. The O–H bonds are in different planes due to
H2O2  H2O + [O] × 4 repulsions between different bonding and antibonding orbitals.
PbS + 4[O]  PbSO4
–––––––––––––––––––––
PbS + 4H2O2  PbSO4 + 4H2O
This property is utilized in restoring the white colour in old
paintings which turns black due to the formation of PbS by the
action of atmospheric H2S.
H2O2  H2O + [O]
H2S + [O]  H2O + S
8.4 Uses
––––––––––––––––––––––
(i) In daily life it is used as a hair bleach and as a mild
H2O2 + H2S  2 H2O + S disinfectant. As an antiseptic, it is sold in the market as
(b) Oxidising Action in Basic Medium perhydrol.
2 Cr(OH)3 + 4 NaOH + 3 H2O2  2Na2CrO4 + 8 H2O (ii) It is used to manufacture chemicals like sodium perborate
and per carbonate used in high quality detergents.
or
(iii) It is used in synthesis of hydroquinone, tartaric acid and
10 OH– + 3 H2O2 + 2Cr3+  2 CrO42– + 8 H2O
certain food products and pharmaceuticals (cephalosporin)
Pb2+(aq) + CrO42– (yellow solution)  PbCrO4  (yellow) etc.
2 Fe + H2O2  2 Fe + 2 OH
2+ 3+ –
(iv) It is employed in the industries as a bleaching agent for
Mn2+ + H2O2  Mn4+ + 2 OH– textiles, paper pulp, leather, oils, fats, etc.
(3) H2O2 as Reducing Agent (v) Also used in Environmental (Green) chemistry. e.g., in
H2O2  O2 + 2 H+ + 2e– pollution control treatment of domestic and industrial
effluents, oxidation of cyanides, restoration of aerobic
2 OH– + H2O2  O2 + 2 H2O + 2e–
conditions to sewage wastes, etc.
In alkaline medium, its reducing character is more than in acidic.
(a) Reducing action in acidic medium
2 MnO4- + 6 H+ + 5 H2O2  2 Mn2+ + 8 H2O + 5 O2
HOCl + H2O2  H3O+ + Cl– + O2
(b) Reducing action in basic medium
I2 + H2O2 + 2 OH–  2I– + 2 H2O + O2
2 MnO4– + 3 H2O2  2 MnO2 + 3 O2 + 2 H2O + 2 OH–
2[Fe(CN)6]3–(s) + H2O2(aq) + 2OH–(aq)  2[Fe(CN)6]4–(aq)
+ 2H2O(l) + O2(g)
Ag2O + H2O2  2 Ag + H2O + O2

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 54

SUMMARY
Hydrogen Isotopes
Hydrogen in atomic form consists of one proton and one Hydrogen has three isotopes namely protium 11 H , deuterium
electron but, in elemental form it exists as a diatomic (H2)
molecule. H2 is called as dihydrogen. 1 or D and tritium 13 H or T. They differ from one another by
2H
the number of neutrons present in them, Protonium has no
neutrons. Deuterium which is also known as heavy hydrogen
Properties Resembling With Alkali Metals has one neutron and Tritium has two neutrons in the nucleus.
(a) Electronic Configuration : The valence shell electron
configuration of hydrogen and alkali metals are similar i.e.
Dihydrogen (H2)
ns 1
Occurence
(b) Formation of Unipositive ion : Hydrogen as well as alkali
metals lose one electron to form unipositive ions. It is most abundent element of the universe (70% of the total
mass) but it is much less abundent element (0.15% by mass) in
(c) Formation of Oxides, Halides and Sulphides : Just like alkali the earth atmospher due to its light nature. In combined form it
metals hydrogen combines with electronegative elements constitutes 15.4% of the earth crust and the oceans.
such as oxygen, halogen and sulphur forming oxide, halide
and sulphide respectively.
Preparation of Dihydrogen

Properties Resembling With Halogens

(a) Electronic Configuration
Both have one electron less than that of nearest inert gas
configuration.
(b) Atomicity
Like halogens, hydrogen forms diatomic molecule too. For
example, Cl2, Br2, I2 etc.
(c) Ionization Enthalpy
Hydrogen as well as halogens both have higher ionization
enthalpies.

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 55
Chemical Properties of Dihydrogen

Chemical Properties of H2O

Hardness of Water Structure

(1) Temporary Hardness
It is due to the presence of the soluble bicarbonates of
magnesium and calcium.
(2) Permanent Hardness
It cannot be removed by boiling it is due to the presence of
soluble salts of magnesium and calcium in the form of chlorides
and sulphates.
Hydrogen Peroxide (H2O2)
It is an important chemical used in pollution control treatment
of domestic and individual effluents.

SCAN CODE
Hydrogen
HYDROGEN 56

EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Introduction of Hydrogen Preparation and Properties of Dihydrogen
1. Which of the following is not an isotope of hydrogen? 5. Which of the following is laboratory preparation of
(a) Protium dihydrogen?

(b) Ortho-para hydrogen (a) 3Fe + 4H2O (steam)  Fe3O4 + 4H2

(c) Deuterium (b) 2Na + 2H2O  2NaOH + H2

(d) Tritium (c) CaH2 + 2H2O  Ca(OH)2 + 2H2

2. Which of the following is an atom of tritium ? (d) Zn + H2SO4 (dil.)  ZnSO4 + H2

6. Which of the following metals does not liberate hydrogen
from acids ?
(a) (b) (a) Fe (b) Cu
(c) Mg (d) Zn
7. Very pure hydrogen (99.9%) can be made by which of the
following processes?
(c) (d) (a) Mixing natural hydrocarbons of high molecular weight
(b) Electrolysis of water.
3. In what respect electronic configuration of hydrogen and (c) Reaction of salt like hydrides with water
halogens are similar ? (d) Reaction of methane with steam.
(a) Hydrogen and halogens have one electron in their 8. Which of the following metals will react with NaOH and
outermost shell. KOH to liberate hydrogen gas ?
(b) Hydrogen and halogens have one electron less than (a) Zn, Al, Fe and Mg
the noble gas configuration.
(b) Al, Fe, Mg and Sn
(c) Hydrogen and halogens can lose one electrons to
form positive ions. (c) Zn, Sn and Al
(d) Hydrogen and halogens show noble gas (d) Fe, Mg and Al
configuration. 9. In context with the industrial preparation of hydrogen
4. Which of the following properties of hydrogen is from water gas (CO + H2), which of the following is the
incorrect ? correct statement?

(a) Like halogens, hydrogen exists as a diatomic gas (a) CO is oxidized to CO2 with steam in the presence of a
catalyst followed by absorption of CO2 in alkali.
(b) Like halogens hydrogen exhibits-1 oxidation state in
its compounds with metals. (b) CO and H2 are fractionally separated using differences
in their densities.
(c) Like halogens, hydrogen is liberated at cathode while
electrolysis of its compound with metals. (c) CO is removed by absorption in aqueous Cu 2 Cl 2
(d) The ionization energy of hydrogen is quite close to solution.
halogens. (d) H2 is removed through occlusion with Pd.
10. Which of the following is not a property of hydrogen?
(a) It is a colourless, odourless gas
(b) It is highly combustible.
(c) It is highly poisonous gas
(d) It is lighter than air.
HYDROGEN 57
11. Match the column I with column II and mark the 16. On moving from left to right in a period what is the order
appropriate choice. of acidic character of hydrides ?
Column - I Column - II (a) NH3 < H2O < HF (b) HF < H2O < NH3
(A) Syngas (i) Na6P6O18 (c) H2O < HF < NH3 (d) H2O < NH3 < HF
(B) Calgon (ii) NaAlSiO4
17. Which of the following metals directly combine with
(C) Permutit (iii) CO + H2
hydrogen gas to give a hydride ?
(D) Producer gas (iv) CO + N2
(a) Au (b) Ni
(a)  A    i  ,  B    ii  ,  C    iii  ,  D    iv  (c) Ca (d) Cu
18. Match the column I with column II and mark the
(b)  A    iii  ,  B    i  ,  C    ii  ,  D    iv 
appropriate choice.
(c)  A    iii  ,  B    ii  ,  C    iv  ,  D    i  Column - I Column - II
(A) NaH (i) Interstitial
(d)  A    iii  ,  B    ii  ,  C    i  ,  D    iv  hydride
(B) CH4 (ii) Molecular
12. Which property of hydrogen is shown by the following hydride
reactions ? (C) VH0.56 (iii) Ionic hydride
(i) Fe3O4 + 4H2  3Fe + 4H2O (D) B2H6 (iv) Electron-deficient
hydride
ZnO
(ii) CO + H2   CH3OH
Cr2O3 (a)  A    iii  ,  B    iv  ,  C    ii  ,  D    i 
(a) Reducing character (b) Oxidising character
(b)  A    ii  ,  B    iv  ,  C    iii  ,  D    i 
(c) Combustibility (d) High reactivity
(c)  A    i  ,  B    ii  ,  C    iv  ,  D    iii 
13. If a mole of hydrogen molecule is heated to a high
temperature then which of the following reaction take (d)  A    iii  ,  B    ii  ,  C    i  ,  D    iv 
place ?
19. What is the trend of boiling points of hydrides of N, O
(a) H2(g) + 436 kJ mol–1 H(g) + H(g) and F ?
(b) 2H2(g) + 820 kJ mol–1 2H2(g) (a) Due to lower molecular masses, NH3, H2O and HF
(c) H2(g) + H2(g) + 436 kJ mol  H –1 +
(aq)
+H –
(aq)
have lower boiling points than those of the
(d) H2(g) + 200 kJ mol  H(g) + H(g)
–1 subsequent group member hydrides.

14. Phosphorus cannot form PH5 with its outer electronic (b) Due to higher electronegativity of N, O and F; NH3,
configuration as 3s2, 3p3 because H2O and HF show hydrogen bonding and hence
higher boiling points than the hydrides of their
(a) phosphorus cannot show + 5 oxidation state subsequent group members.
(b) PH5 is not a stable compound. (c) There is no regular trend in the boiling points of
(c) ΔaH value of dihydrogen and Δeg H value of hydrogen hydrides.
do not favour higher oxidation state of phosphorus. (d) Due to higher oxidation states of N, O and F, the
(d) phosphorus is not very reactive hence does not form boiling points of NH3, H2O and HF are higher than the
PH5. hydrides of their subsequent group members.
Hydrides Properties of Water
15. Which of the following hydrides is electron deficient? 20. Water plays a key role in the biosphere. It is due to certain
(a) NaH (b) CaH2 properties of H2O as compared to other liquids. These are
(c) CH4 (d) B2H6 except.
(a) higher specific heat
(b) lesser thermal conductivity
(c) high dielectric constant
(d) high surface tension.
HYDROGEN 58
21. Which is not a property of water ? 28. Match the reaction of column I with their types given in
(a) It is a colourless and tasteless liquid column II and mark the appropriate choice.

(b) There is no hydrogen bonding in solid state Column - I Column - II

of water. (A) 
H 2 O  NH 3  (i) Self ionisation of
H2O
(c) It is an excellent solvent for transportation of ions in 
NH  OH
4


plants and animals. (B) FeCl3  3H 2 O  (ii) Decomposition

(d) Frozen water is lighter than liquid water. Fe(OH)3  3HCl
22. In which of the following reactions H2O acts as a Bronsted (C) 
H 2 O  H 2 O  (iii) Acidic nature of
acid ? H2O
H 3 O   OH 


(a) H2Ol   NH3aq  
 
 OHaq   NH4 aq 
(D) 2H 2 O  2H 2  O 2 (iv) Hydrolysis

(a)  A    ii  ,  B    i  ,  C    iii  ,  D    iv 


(b) H2Ol   H2Saq  
 
 H3 Oaq   HS aq 
(b)  A    iii  ,  B    ii  ,  C    iv  ,  D    i 


(c) H2 Ol   H2Ol   H3 O

 aq   OH 
 aq  (c)  A    i  ,  B    ii  ,  C    iv  ,  D    iii 
(d)  A    iii  ,  B    iv  ,  C    i  ,  D    ii 
 


(d) H( aq )  OH( aq )  H2 Ol 
29. Study the following reactions and mark the correct
23. The density of water is less in its solid state because properties shown by water.
(i) SO3 + H2O  H2SO4
(a) in solid state (ice), water molecules are arranged in
highly order open cage like structure. (ii) Cl2O7 + H2O  2HClO4
(iii) CaO + H2O  Ca(OH)2
(b) more extensive hydrogen bonding is present in solid
(iv) Na2O + H2O  2NaOH
state ice
(a) All oxides react with water to give hydroxides
(c) the water molecules are closest in solid state of water.
(b) Acidic oxides are formed by metals and basic
(d) water in rigid crystalline, closely packed structure in oxides by non-metals.
its solid state. (c) Non-metal oxides combine with water to form acids
24. Liquid water is denser than ice due to while metallic oxides combine with water to form
(a) higher surface tension (b) hydrogen bonding alkalies.
(c) van der Waals forces (d) covalent bonding (d) Acidic oxides are stronger than basic oxides since
25. The maximum number of hydrogen bonds formed by a they form strong acids.
water molecule in ice is 30. Given below two reactions of water with sodium and
carbon dioxide. What is the nature of water in these
(a) 4 (b) 1
reactions ?
(c) 2 (d) 3
(i) 2Na + 2H2O  2NaOH + H2
26. How many hydrogen bonded water molecules are (ii) 6CO2 + 12H2O  C6H12O6 + 6H2O+ 6O2
associated with CuSO4.5H2O ? (a) In (ii) water acts as an oxidizing agent while in (i) it
(a) Five (b) One acts as a reducing agent.
(c) Four (d) Three (b) In (i) water acts as an oxidizing agent while in (ii) it
27. During hydrate formation from aqueous solution, water acts as a reducing agent.
can be associated in different forms. Indicate the wrong (c) In both, (i) and (ii) hydrogen acts as a reducing agent.
combination. (d) In both, (i) and (ii) hydrogen acts as an oxidizing agent.
(i) Coordinated water – [Cr(H2O)6]3+ 3Cl– 31. Which of the following reactions shows reduction of
(ii) Interstitial water – BaCl2.2H2O water?
(a) 2H2O + 2Na  2NaOH + H2
(iii) Hydrogen bonded water– [Cu(H2O)4]2+ SO42– . H2O
(b) 6CO2 + 12H2O  C6H12O6 + 6H2O + 6O2
(a) (i) (b) (ii)
(c) 2F2 + 2H2O  4H+ + 4F + O2
(c) (iii) (d) None of these
(d) P4O10 + 6H2O  4H3PO4
HYDROGEN 59
32. Fluorine decomposes cold water to give Hardness of Water
(a) 4H+ + 4F– and O2 (b) HF and H2 36. A water sample is said to contain permanent hardness if
(c) HF only (d) H2F2 and HFO4 water contains
33. Which of the statements given below are true for the (a) sulphates & chlorides of calcium and magnesium
water molecule structure ? (b) carbonates of calcium and magnesium
(i) Oxygen undergoes sp3 hybridisation. (c) bicarbonates of calcium and magnesium
(ii) Due to presence of two lone pairs of electrons on (d) sulphates & chlorides of sodium and potassium.
oxygen the H–O–H bonds angle is 118.4°. 37. Which of the following is not a disadvantage of using
(iii) Due to angular geometry the net dipole moment of hard water ?
water is not zero, μ = 1.84 D. (a) In production of steam in boilers
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (ii) and (iii) (b) Formation of scales in cooking utensils
(c) (i) and (iii) (d) only (ii) (c) In cooking, bathing and washing
34. Choose the correct statement about the given figures. (d) In ion exchangers
38. Which one of the following processes will produce hard
water ?
(a) Saturation of water with CaCO3.
(b) Saturation of water with CaSO4.
(c) Saturation of water with MgCO3.
(d) Addition of Na2SO4 to water.
39. The temporary hardness of water due to calcium
bicarbonate can be removed by adding
(a) CaCO3 (b) CaCl2
(c) HCl (d) Ca(OH)2
40. The process used for the removal of hardness of water is
(a) Baeyer (b) Calgon
(c) Hoope (d) Serpeck
41. The formula for permutit or zeolite which is used as softner
in ion-exchange method is
(a) NaAlSiO4 (b) NaAlO2
(c) Ca3(PO4)2 (d) Na2SO4
42. Match the column I with column II and mark the
(a) (II) represents solid state while (III) represents liquid appropriate choice.
state. Column I Column II
(b) (II) represents liquid state while (III) represents solid (A) Clark’s method (i) Na 6P6O18
state.
(B) Calgon’s method (ii) NaAlSiO4
(c) (I) represents solid state while (III) represents liquid
state. (C) Ion-exchange (iii) RSO3H
(d) (I) represents liquid state while (III) represents solid method
state. (D) Synthetic resins (iv) Ca  OH 2
method
35. Presence of water can be detected by
(a) adding a drop to anhydrous copper sulphate which (a)  A    i  ,  B    iii  ,  C    iv  ,  D    ii 
changes its colour from white to blue
(b)  A    ii  ,  B    iii  ,  C    iv  ,  D    i 
(b) by boiling & testing for the presence of H2& O2
(c) by seeing its colour and transparency (c)  A    iii  ,  B    ii  ,  C    i  ,  D    iv 
(d) by checking the production of lather when mixed with
soap. (d)  A    iv  ,  B    i  ,  C    ii  ,  D    iii 
HYDROGEN 60
43. In a permutit, the calcium and magnesium ions of hard Introduction, Preparation and Properties of H2O2
water are exchanged by
51. Which of the following act as a stabilizer for the storage
(a) CO23  and HCO3 ions of permutit of H2O2 ?

(b) Na+ ions of permutit (a) Alkali (b) Dust

(c) Al3+ ions of permutit (c) Urea (d) None of these

(d) Si4+ ions of permutit 52. Which of the following is a true structure of H2O2 in solid
phase ?
44. Which of the following represents calgon ?
(a) Na2Al2Si2O8 (b) Mg3(PO4)2 (a)
(c) Na2[Na4(PO3)6] (d) Na2[Mg2(PO3)6]
Heavy Water (b)
45. What is heavy water ?
(a) H2O18 (b) D2O
(c) H2O 17
(d) H2O (c)
46. Which compound is formed when calcium carbide reacts
with heavy water ?
(a) C2D2 (b) CaD2
(d)
(c) CD2 (d) Ca2D2
47. Heavy water is used as 53. Which of the following is not a process of preparation of
(a) drinking water (b) detergent hydrogen peroxide ?
(c) washing water (d) a moderator (a) Auto-oxidation of 2-ethylanthraquinol
48. Heavy water (D2O) freezes at (b) By passing oxygen through boiling water
(a) 3.8°C (b) 3.8°C (c) By oxidation of isopropyl alcohol
(c) 0°C (d) 38°C (d) By reaction of barium peroxide with dil. H2SO4.
49. Which of the following reactions is not used in preparation 54. Which of the following represents the chemical equation
or deuterium compounds using heavy water ? involved in the preparation of H2O2 from barium peroxide?
(a) CaC2 + 2D2O  C2D2 + Ca(OD)2 (a) BaO2.8H2O + H2SO4  BaSO4 + H2O2 + 8H2O
(b) SO3 + D2O  D2SO4 (b) CH3CHOHCH3 + O2  CH3COCH3 + H2O2
(c) AlN+3D2O  Al(OD)3+ND3 (c) BaO2 + CO2 + H2O  BaCO3 + H2O2
(d) Al4C3 + 12D2O  3CD4 + 4Al (OD)3 (d) Ba3(PO4)2 + 3H2SO4 3BaSO4 + 2H3PO4
50. Some of the major uses of heavy water are given below. 55. Which of the following reagents cannot be used for the
Which one is not correct ? preparation of hydrogen peroxide ?
(a) It is used as a moderator in nuclear reactors. (a) Sodium peroxide (b) 2-Ethylanthraquinol
(b) It is used as a tracer compound for studying reaction (c) Sodium thiosulphate (d) Barium peroxide
mechanism. 56. Hydrogen peroxide acts both as an oxidising and as a
(c) High concentration of heavy water accelerates the reducing agent depending upon the nature of the reacting
growth of plants species. In which of the following cases H2O2 acts as a
(d) It is used in preparing deuterium. reducing agent in acid medium?
(a) KI (b) Cr2O27

(c) SO23 (d) MnO4

HYDROGEN 61
57. H2O2 acts as a bleaching agent because of 64. The industrial preparation and concentration of H2O2 is
shown in following flow chart.
(a) reducing nature of H2O2
(b) oxidizing nature of H2O2
(c) acidic nature of H2O2
(d) basic nature of H2O2
58. Which of the following easily catalyse the decomposition
of H2O2 when stored ?
(i) Rough surface (ii) Sunlight
(iii) Dust particles (iv) Metals
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (i), (ii) and (iii) Compound ‘A’ gets converted to ‘B’ in this process.
How many of the following statements is/are correct for
(c) (ii) and (iii) (d) All of these the above process?
59. Statues and paintings coated with white lead turn black (I) The concentration of solution-I is 1% w/w
on long exposure to atmosphere. The original colour can (II) The degree of unsaturation of ‘A’ is 10
(III) ‘A’ is 2-ethyl anthraquinone
be restored by treating them with H2O2. The reason behind
(IV) The concentration of solution-II is nearly 30% w/v
this (V) Degree of unsaturation of ‘B’ is 11
(a) blackened statues get coated with PbS which on (VI) The concentration of solution-III is nearly 85% w/w
reaction with H2O2 is oxidized to white PbSO4. (VII) ‘B” can be converted to ‘A’ wing H2/pd
65. The volume strength of 8.9 M H2O2 solution calculated at
(b) H2O2 dissolves the coating of white lead and exposes 273 K and 1 atm is …… .
the inner surface. (R = 0.0821 L atm K–1 mol–1) (rounded off to the nearest
(c) white lead reacts with H2O2 to form white PbSO4 integer)
66. How many of the following statements about hydrogen
(d) Blackened statues get coated with lead sulphate which and its compounds are true?
reacts with H2O2 to give PbS. (i) A cylinder of compressed dihydrogen weighs about 30
60. Which of the following reactions shows reducing nature times as much as a tank of petrol containing the same
of H2O2 ? amount of energy.
(ii) Tanks of metal alloy like Ti–TiH2 are in use for storage
(a) PbS + 4H2O2 PbSO4 + 4H2O of dihydrogen in small quantities.
(b) Ag2O + H2O2 2Ag + H2O + O2 (iii) There is no pollutant obtained on combustion of
commercial dihydrogen.
(c) 2HCHO + H2O2 2HCOOH + H2O
(iv) Heavy water is obtained as a by-product in some
(d) Na2SO3 + H2O2 Na2SO4 + H2O fertilizer industries.
Numerical Value Type Questions (v) H2O2 is stored in wax-lined glass or plastic vessels in
61. The hardness of Water is 10,000 ppm. It is due to Calcium presence of light.
bicarbonate. The weight of calcium bicarbonate present (vi) In the structure of hydrogen peroxide, the dihedral
in 1000 litre sample is (in kg): (nearest integer) angle in gaseous state is more than that in its solid state
62. The hardness of a water sample containing 10 -3 M at 110 K.
MgSO4 expressed as CaCO3 equivalents (in ppm)is — (vii) Heavy water is a better solvent than ordinary water.
(molar mass of MgSO4 is 120.37 g/mol) (viii) Among the metallic hydrides only the hydrides of
63. RH 2 (cation exchange resin) can replace Ca 2 in a Ni, Pd and Pt have lattice same as that of parent metal.
(ix) Metallic hydrides can conduct electricity and heat.
sample of hard water as:
67. The total number of isotopes of hydrogen is X and
RH 2  Ca 2  RCa  2 H  number of radioactive isotope is Y. Calculate the value of
1 litre of such hard water is passed through a cation X-Y.
exchange resin bed and the resultant solution requires 20 68. Calculate the volume strength of 3.57 M solution of
ml of 0.5 M NaOH solution for complete neutralization. hydrogen peroxide. (Report the answer to the nearest
integer)
Hardness of water is   102 ppm w.r.t. Ca 2 . What is
the value of  ?
HYDROGEN 62
69. Total number of reagents which are used to remove 71. The oxidation state of manganese in the product obtained
hardness either temporary or permanent. in a reaction of potassium permanganate and hydrogen
(i) Ca(OH)2 peroxide in basic medium is______.
(ii) Sodium zeolite 72. Calculate the strength (in g/L) of 10 vol.
(iii) Na2CO3
68
(iv) Ba(OH)2 H2O2 solution. {Take = 3.035}
(v) BaCO3 22.4
(vi) MgCO3 (nearest integer)
(vii) Sr(OH)2 73. The number of nucleons in one D2 molecule is
70. What is the maximum number of hydrogen bonds one
molecule of H2O can form?
HYDROGEN 63

EXERCISE – 2: PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

1. The highest industrial consumption of molecular 8. Which of the following can be used to prevent the
hydrogen is to produce compounds of element : decomposition of H2O2? (JEE Main 2022)
(JEE Main 2022) (a) Urea (b) Formaldehyde
(a) Carbon (b) Nitrogen (c) Formic acid (d) Ethanol
(c) Oxygen (d) Chlorine 9. Given below are two statements:
2. Consider the following reaction: Statement I: Hydrogen peroxide can act as an
2 HSO4  aq  

1 Electrolysis   oxidizing agent in both acidic and basic conditions.
 2 Hydrolysis  2 HSO4  2 H  A
Statement II: Density of hydrogen peroxide at 298 K
The dihedral angle in product A in its solid phase at is lower than that of D2O.
110 K is: (JEE Main 2022) In the light of the above statements. Choose the correct
o
(a) 104 (b) 111.5o answer from the options. (JEE Main 2022)
o
(c) 90.2 (d) 111.0o (a) Both statement I and Statement II are true
3. Boiling of hard water is helpful in removing the (b) Both statement I and Statement II are false
temporary hardness by converting calcium hydrogen (c) Statement I is true but Statement II is false
carbonate and magnesium hydrogen carbonate to (d) Statement I is false but Statement II is true
(JEE Main 2022) 10. The metal salts formed during softening of hardwater
(a) CaCO3 and Mg(OH)2 using Clark’s method are : (JEE Main 2022)
(b) CaCO3 and MgCO3 (a) Ca(OH)2 and Mg(OH)2
(c) Ca(OH)2 and MgCO3 (b) CaCO3 and Mg(OH)2
(d) Ca(OH)2 and Mg(OH)2 (c) Ca(OH)2 and MgCO3
4. Addition of H2SO4 to BaO2 produces: (d) CaCO3 and MgCO3
(JEE Main 2022) 11. The products obtained during treatment of hard water
(a) BaO, SO2 and H2O using Clark's method are: (JEE Main 2022)
(b) BaHSO4 and O2 (a) CaCO3 and MgCO3
(c) BaSO4, H2 and O2 (b) Ca(OH)2 and Mg(OH)2
(d) BaSO4 and H2O2 (c) CaCO3 and Mg(OH)2
5. Dihydrogen reacts with CuO to give (d) Ca(OH)2 and MgCO3
(JEE Main 2022) 12. Given below are two statements.
(a) CuH2 (b) Cu Statement I: Stannane is an example of a molecular
(c) Cu2O (d) Cu(OH)2 hydride.
6. Which one of the following reactions indicates the Statement II: Stannane is a planar molecule.
reducing ability of hydrogen peroxide in basic In the light of the above statement, choose the most
medium? (JEE Main 2022) appropriate answer from the options given below :
+
(a) HOCl + H2O2 → H3O + Cl + O2 – (JEE Main 2022)
(a) Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
(b) PbS + 4H2O2 → PbSO4 + 4H2O (b) Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
(c) 2MnO4– + 3H2O2 → 2MnO2 + 3O2 + 2H2O + 2OH– (c) Statement I is true but Statement II is false.
(d) Mn2+ + H2O2 → Mn4+ + 2OH– (d) Statement I is false but Statement II is true.
7. High purity (>99.95%) dihydrogen is obtained by 13. The oxidation state of manganese in the product
(JEE Main 2022) obtained in a reaction of potassium permanganate and
(a) reaction of zinc with aqueous alkali. hydrogen peroxide in basic medium is______.
(b) electrolysis of acidified water using platinum (JEE Main 2022)
electrodes. 14. In which of the following reactions the hydrogen
(c) electrolysis of warm aqueous barium hydroxide peroxide acts as a reducing agent? (JEE Main 2023)
solution between nickel electrodes. (a) PbS  4 H 2 O2  PbSO4  4 H 2 O
(d) reaction of zinc with dilute acid. (b) 2 Fe 2   H 2 O2  2 Fe3   2OH –
(c) HOCl  H 2 O2  H 3 O   Cl –  O2
(d) Mn 2   H 2 O2  Mn 4   2OH –
HYDROGEN 64

15. '25 volume' hydrogen peroxide means 20. The starting material for convenient preparation of
(JEE Main 2023)
(a) 1 L marketed solution contains 250 g of H 2 O2 .
deuterated hydrogen peroxide  D2O2  in laboratory
is: (JEE Main 2023)
(b) 1 L marketed solution contains 75 g of H 2 O2 .
(a) K 2 S 2 O8
(c) 100 mL marketed solution contains 25 g of H 2 O2 .
(b) 2-ethylanthraquinol
(d) 1 L marketed solution contains 25 g of H 2 O2 .
(c) BaO2
16. Which of the given compounds can enhance the
efficiency of hydrogen storage tank? (d) BaO
(JEE Main 2023) 21. Given below are two statements, one is labelled
(a) Li / P4 as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R.
Assertion A: Loss of electron from hydrogen atom
(b) SiH 4
results in nucleus of ~ 1.5 103 pm size
(c) NaNi5
Reason R: Proton  H   always exists in combined
(d) Di-isobutylaluminium hydride
17. H 2 O2 acts as a reducing agent in (JEE Main 2023) form.
In the light of the above statements, choose the most
(a) 2 NaOCl  H 2 O2  2 NaCl  H 2 O  O2
appropriate answer from the options given below:
(b) 2 Fe 2   2 H   H 2 O2  2 Fe3   2 H 2 O (JEE Main 2023)
(c) Mn 2   2 H 2O2  MnO2  2 H 2 O (a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct
explanation of A
(d) Na2 S  4 H 2 O2  Na2 SO4  4 H 2 O
(b) A is correct but R is correct
18. Given below are two statements: (c) Both A and R are correct but R is NOT the correct
Statement I: H 2 O2 is used in the synthesis of explanation of A
Cephalosporin (d) A is not correct but R is correct
Statement II: H 2 O2 is used for the restoration of 22. The water gas on reacting with cobalt as a catalyst
aerobic conditions to sewage wastes. forms (JEE Main 2023)
In the light of the above statements, choose the most (a) Methanoic acid (b) Methanol
appropriate answer from the options given below : (c) Methanal (d) Ethanol
(JEE Main 2023) 23. Which of the following can reduce decomposition of
(a) Both Statement I and Statement II are correct H 2 O2 on exposure to light (JEE Main 2023)
(b) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is correct (a) Alkali (b) Urea
(c) Statement I is correct but Statement II is incorrect (c) Glass containers (d) Dust
(d) Both Statement I and Statement II are incorrect 24. Given below are two reactions, involved in the
19. Given below are two statements: one is labelled as commercial production of dihydrogen ( H 2 ) .
Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R
The two reactions are carried out at temperature " T1 "
Assertion A: Hydrogen is an environment friendly
fuel. and " T2 ", respectively
Reason R: Atomic number of hydrogen is 1 and it is a C  s   H 2 O  g  
T1
 CO  g   H 2  g 
very light element.
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct CO  g   H 2 O  g  
T2
Catalyst
CO2  g   H 2  g 
answer from the options given below The temperatures T1 and T2 are correctly related as
(JEE Main 2023) (JEE Main 2023)
(a) A is true but R is false (a) T1  T2
(b) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct
(b) T1  100 K , T2  1270 K
explanation of A
(c) A is false but R is true (c) T1  T2
(d) Both A and R are true and R is the correct (d) T1  T2
explanation of A
HYDROGEN 65

25. Given below are two statements: One is labelled 29. During water-gas shift reaction (JEE Main 2023)
as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R (a) carbon is oxidized to carbon monoxide.
Assertion A: Physical properties of isotopes of (b) carbon monoxide is oxidized to carbon dioxide.
hydrogen are different. (c) water is evaporated in presence of catalyst.
Reason R: Mass difference between isotopes of (d) carbon dioxide is reduced to carbon monoxide.
hydrogen is very large. 30. Given below are two statements:
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct Statement I: Permutit process is more efficient
answer from the options given below: compared to the synthetic resin method for the
(JEE Main 2023) softening of water.
(a) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct Statement II: Synthetic resin method results in the
explanation of A formation of soluble sodium salts.
(b) Both A and R are true and R is the correct In the light of the above statements. choose the most
explanation of A appropriate answer from the options given below:
(c) A is true but R is false (JEE Main 2023)
(d) A is false but R is true (a) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is correct
26. Given below are two statements: (b) Both the Statements I and II are correct
Statement-I: Methane and steam passed over a heated (c) Statement I is correct but Statement II is incorrect
Ni catalyst produces hydrogen gas. (d) Both the Statements I and II are incorrect
Statement-II: Sodium nitrite reacts with NH 4 Cl to 31. Given below are two statements related to Ellingham
diagram:
give H 2 O, N 2 and NaCl.
Statement I: Ellingham diagrams can be constructed
In the light of the above statements, choose the most for formation of oxides, sulphides and halides of
appropriate answer from the option given below : metals.
(JEE Main 2023) Statement II: It consists of plots of  f H  vs T for
(a) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is correct formation of oxides of elements.
(b) Both the statements I and II are correct In the light of the above statements, choose the most
(c) Both the statements I and II are incorrect appropriate answer from the options given below:
(JEE Main 2023)
(d) Statement I is correct but Statement II is incorrect
(a) Statement I is correct but Statement II is incorrect
27. Which hydride among the following is less stable? (b) Both Statement I and Statement II are correct
(JEE Main 2023) (c) Both Statement I and Statement II are incorrect
(a) LiH (b) BeH 2 (d) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is correct
(c) NH 3 (d) HF 32. The strength of 50 volume solution of hydrogen
peroxide is ______ g/L (Nearest integer).
28. Match List I with List II Given: Molar mass of H 2 O2 is 34 g mol –1
List I (Type of Hydride) List II (Example) Molar volume of gas at STP = 22.7 L.
A. Electron deficient I. MgH 2 (JEE Main 2023)
hydride 33. In an ice crystal, each water molecule is hydrogen
B. Electron rick hydride II. HF bonded to _______ neighbouring molecules.
C. Electron precise III. B2 H 6 (JEE Main 2023)
hydride
D. Saline hydride IV. CH 4
Choose the correct answer from the options given
below: (JEE Main 2023)
(a) A - III, B - II, C - I, D - IV
(b) A - II, B - III, C - I, D – IV
(c) A - III, B - II, C - IV, D - I
(d) A - II, B - III, C - IV, D – I
HYDROGEN 66

EXERCISE - 3 : ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option]
6. Given below are the elements and the type of hydrides
1. The isotopes of hydrogen have different physical
formed by them. Mark the incorrect match
properties due to difference in mass. They have almost
(a) Phosphorus-Molecular hydride
same chemical properties with a difference in their rates of
(b) Potassium-Ionic hydride
reactions which is mainly due to
(c) Vanadium-Interstitial hydride
(a) their different enthalpy of bond dissociation
(d) Nitrogen-Electron-deficient covalent hydride
(b) different electronic configurations
7. In complex hydrides, hydride ions act as ligand and are
(c) different atomic masses
coordinated to metal ions. These hydrides are good
(d) different physical properties.
reducing agents. Which of the following hydrides is not
2. A deuterium is
complex hydride ?
(a) an electron with a positive charge
(a) LiAlH4 (b) NaBH4
(b) a nucleus having two protons
(c) (AlH3)n (d) LiBH4
(c) a nucleus containing a neutron & two protons
8. Carbon hydride of the type, CnH2n+2 do not act as Lewis
(d) a nucleus containing a neutron & a proton acid or Lewis base. They behave as normal covalent
3. Hydrogen burns in air with a hydrides because

(a) light bluish flame (b) yellow flame (a) carbon hydrides are electron-rich hydrides

(c) crimson red flame (d) green flame. (b) carbon hydrides are electron-deficient hydrides

4. Which of the following statements is correct regarding (c) carbon hydrides are electron-precise hydrides
hydrogen ? (d) carbon hydrides are non-stoichiometric hydrides
(a) Hydrogen shows +1 and -1 oxidation states. 9. Pure nascent hydrogen is best obtained by
(b) Hydrogen is never liberated at anode (a) Na and C2H5OH
(c) Hydrogen has same ionization enthalpy as that of alkali (b) Al and NaOH
metal
(c) Zn and dil. H2SO4
(d) Hydrogen has same electronegativity as of
(d) All of these
halogens.
10. Among NH3, H-2O, HF and H2S which would have highest
5. The order of reactivity of halogens towards hydrogen is magnitude of hydrogen bonding ?
(a) F2>Cl2>Br2>I2 (b) I2>Br2>Cl2>F2 (a) HF due to maximum polarity
(c) Cl2>Br2>I2> F2 (d) Br2>Cl2>F2>I2 (b) H2O due to lone pairs of electrons.

(c) NH3 due to small size of nitrogen

(d) H2S due to higher electron affinity of sulphur.

HYDROGEN 67
11. From group 6 only one metal forms hydride. This metal is 18. Which gas is produced when calcium nitride (Ca3N2) is

(a) Mo (b) W hydrolysed by water ?

(c) Cr (d) Co (a) N2 (b) NH3

12. Which of the following reactions of hydrogen with non- (c) H2 (d) O2

metals represents Haber’s process ? 19. The H?O?H angle in water molecule is about

(a) 2H 2  O 2 
heat
 2 H 2 O;  H   285.9 kJ mol 1 (a) 90° (b) 180°

(b) 3H 2  N 2  
673 K , Fe
 2 NH 3 ;  H   92.6 kJ mol 1 (c) 102° (d) 105°
200 atm

20. Syngas is a mixture of

(c) H 2  Cl 2  hv
 2 HCl
1100  C
(a) CO2 + H2 (b) CO + H2
(d) 2H 2  C   CH 4
13. In which of the following properties hydrogen does not (c) CO + CO2 (d) CO + O2
show similarity with alkali metals ? 21. The production of dihydrogen obtained from coal
(a) Electropositive character gasification can be increased by reacting carbon monoxide
(b) Reducing nature
of syngas mixture with steam in presence of a catalyst iron
(c) Electronic configuration (ns1)
chromate. What is this process called ?
(d) Diatomic nature of molecule
14. What is meant by demineralized water ? (a) Hydrogen reaction
(a) Water free from cations and anions (b) Water-gas shift reaction
(b) Water free from minerals dissolved in it
(c) Coal-gas shift reaction
(c) Water free from impurities
(d) Water free from Na+ and K+ ions. (d) Syn gasification

15. The boiling point of heavy water is 22. Last traces of water is removed from H2O2 by
(a) 100° C (b) 101.4° C (a) electrolysis (b) crystallisation
(c) 99° C (d) 110° C
(c) condensation (d) evaporation
16. Heavy water is obtained by
(a) boiling water 23. When CO2 is bubbled through a solution of barium peroxide
(b) heating H2O2 in water
(c) prolonged electrolysis of H2O (a) carbonic acid is formed
(d) All these.
(b) H2O2 is formed
17. What is the reaction given below called ?
(c) H2O is formed
 H3 Oaq   OH aq 
H 2 Ol   H 2 Ol  
(d) Barium hydroxide is formed.
(a) Hydrolysis of water
24. Polyphosphates like sodium hexametaphosphate (calgon)
(b) Hydration of water
are used as water softening agents because they
(c) Disproportional of water
(a) forms soluble complexes with anionic species
(d) Auto-protolysis of water (b) precipitate anionic species

(c) form soluble complexes with cationic species

(d) precipitate cationic species.

HYDROGEN 68
25. Water gas is mixed with steam and the mixture is passed (c) alcohols formed by reaction of CO & hydrogen
over heated Fe2O3 in presence of Cr2O3. The mixture when (d) ketones which can be further reduced to aldehydes by
passed in water dissolves CO 2 and dihydrogen left hydrogen.
undissolved is collected. This method of preparation of
29. Dihydrogen forms three types of hydrides.
hydrogen gas is known as
(i) hydrides are formed by alkali metals and alkaline earth
(a) Bosch process (b) Lane process
metals. (ii) hydrides are formed by non-metals and (iii)
(c) Kellner (d) Hall process hydrides are formed by d and
26. Mark the following statements as true or false. f-block elements at elevated temperature. Complex metal
(i) Ordinary hydrogen is a mixture of 75% ortho and 25% hydrides such as (iv) and (v) are powerful reducing
para forms. agents.

(ii) All the four atoms of molecule of H2O2 lie in the same
plane.

(iii) Hydrogen peroxide is neutral like water.

(iv) H2O2 can be prepared from BaO2 but not from MnO2
30. Which of the following statements regarding hydrides is
and PbO2.
not correct ?
(a) (i) and (iv) – true, (ii) and (iii) – false
(a) Ionic hydrides are crystalline, non-volatile and non-
(b) (i) and (ii) – true, (iii) and (iv) – false
conducting in solid state.
(c) (iii) and (iv) – true, (i) and (ii) – false
(b) Electron-deficient hydrides act as Lewis acids or
(d) (i) and (iii) – true, (ii) and (iv) – false electron acceptors.
27. A metal (M) produces a gas (N) on reaction with alkalies (c) Elements of group-13 form electron-deficient hydrides.
like NaOH and KOH. Same gas is produced when the metals
(d) Elements of group 15-17 form electron-precise hydrides.
reacts with dilute sulphuric acid. Gas (N) reacts with another
31. Peroxodisulphate, on hydrolysis yields
toxic gas (P) to form methanol at high temperature and
(a) water
pressure. (N) also reacts with metals like (Q) to form
electrovalent hydrides. M, N, P and Q respectively are (b) dihydrogen

(a) Zn, H2, CO, Na (b) Na, H2, Cl2, Ca (c) hydrogen peroxide

(c) Al, H2, H2S, B (d) Mg, H2, NO2, Al (d) deuterium

28. Alkenes combine with carbon monoxide and hydrogen in 32. Which of the following statements regarding hydrogen

presence of octacarbonyldicobalt as catalyst under high peroxide is false ?

temperature and pressure to form (a) It is a strong oxidizing agent

(a) aldehydes which can further reduced to alcohols by (b) It is decomposed by MnO2
hydrogen (c) It behave as a reducing agent
(b) alkanes which are formed by addition of hydrogen. (d) It is more stable in basic solution.
HYDROGEN 69
33. Given below are the two reactions of H2O2. Mark the correct 36. What will be the mass of oxygen liberated by decomposition
statement which follows. of 200 mL hydrogen peroxide solution with a strength of

(i) 2KMnO4 + 3H2SO4 + 5H2O2 34g per litre ?

K2SO4 + 2MnSO4 + 8H2O + 5O2 (a) 25.5 g (b) 3.0 g

(ii) 2Cr(OH)3 + 4NaOH+ 3H2O22Na2CrO4 + 8H2O (c) 3.2 g (d) 4.2 g

(a) (i) Shows oxidizing nature of H2O2 and (ii) shows 37. A commercial sample of hydrogen peroxide is labeled as 10

reducing nature of H2O2. volume. Its percentage strength is nearly

(b) In (i) H2O2 acts as a reducing agent and in (ii) it acts as (a) 3% (b) 1%

an oxidizing agent. (c) 90% (d) 10%

(c) In both (i) & (ii), H2O2 acts as an oxidising agent. 38. Strength of 10 volume hydrogen peroxide solution means

(d) In both (i) & (ii), H2O2 acts as a reducing agent. (a) 30.35 g L (b) 17 g L

34. What happens when an alkaline solution of potassium (c) 34 g L (d) 68 g L
ferricyanide is reacted with H2O2 ? Objective Questions II
(a) Potassium ferricyanide is oxidized to potassium [One or more than one correct option]
ferrocyanide and H2O2 is oxidized 39. Which of the following option regarding heavy water is
correct?
(b) Potassium ferricyanide becomes colourless and H2O2 is
(a) 1 molecule of heavy water contains 10 neutrons.
oxidised to O2.
(b) It is used as a moderator
(c) Potassium ferricyanide is reduced to ferric hydroxide (c) It is used in tracer technique
and H2O2 is oxidised to H2O. (d) None of the above

(d) Potassium ferricyanide is reduced to potassium 40. Which one is correct statement for H2O2
(a) It decomposes slowly on exposure to light
ferrocyanide and H2O2 is oxidized to O2
(b) It has a non-planar structure
35. Two structure of H2O2 and drawn below. Identify the phases
(c) It is immiscible in water
X and Y of H2O2.
(d) It shows its oxidizing action both in acidic and basic
medium
41. Molecular hydrides are
(a) NaH (b) H2S
(c) LaH (d) HF

(a) (X) is the structure of H2O2 in gas phase and Numerical Value Type Questions
(Y) in solid phase 42. What is the number of hydrogen atoms present in hydrolith?
43. ‘Calgon’ is a salt to remove hardness of water. It is a salt of
(b) (X) is the structure of H2O2 in solid phase and an oxyacid of phosphorous. What is the basicity of the
(Y) in gas phase oxyacid?

(c) (X) & (Y) are structures of H2O2 in gas phase

(d) (X) & (Y) are structures of H2O2 in solid phase

HYDROGEN 70
Assertion Reason 49. Assertion (A) : Reducing power of nascent hydrogen is
more than atomic hydrogen
(A) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and
Reason is the correct explanation of Assertion. Reason (R) : Bond energy of H 2 is maximum.
(B) If both Assertion and Reason are true but (a) A (b) B
Reason is not the correct explanation of (c) C (d) D
Assertion. 50. Assertion (A) : Hard water forms scum/precipitate with
soap.
(C) If Assertion is true but Reason is false.
Reason (R) : Formation of scum occurs as
(D) If Assertion is false but Reason is true.
2C17  H 35 COONa  aq   M 2   aq  
44. Assertion (A) : Hydrogen is the first element in the Periodic
Table.  C17 H 35 COO 2 M  2Na   aq  ;
Reason (R) : It has electronic configuration M is Ca/Mg
(a) A (b) B
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
(c) C (d) D
51. Assertion (A) : Permanent hardness of water is removed
45. Assertion (A) : Hydrogen is extremely small in size as
by treatment with washing soda.
compared to the normal atomic and ionic sizes of 50 to 200
Reason (R) : Washing soda reacts with soluble
pm. As a consequence, does not exist freely and is
magnesium and calcium sulphate to form insoluble
always associated with other atoms or molecules.
carbonate.
Reason (R) : It has unique behaviour and, therefore, best
(a) A (b) B
placed separately in the Periodic Table.
(c) C (d) D
(a) A (b) B
52. Assertion (A) :
(c) C (d) D
46. Assertion (A) : The crystalline form of water is ice. 2Fe 2   aq   2H   aq   H 2 O 2  aq 
 2Fe3  aq   2H 2 O  l 
Reason (R) : At atmospheric pressure ice crystallizes in
the hexagonal form but at very low temperature it Reason (R) : H 2 O 2 acts as an oxidising agent in the
condenses to the cubic form. acidic medium.
(a) A (b) B (a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D (c) C (d) D
47. Assertion (A) : In winter season ice formed on the surface 53. Assertion (A) :
of a lake provides thermal insultation.
Reason (R) : It ensures the death survival of the destroy 2MnO 4  3H 2 O 2
 2MnO 2  3O 2  2H 2 O  2OH 
aqatic. Life. This fact is of great ecological significance.
Reason (R) : H 2 O 2 acts as reducing agent in the
(a) A (b) B
medium.
(c) C (d) D
(a) A (b) B
48. Assertion (A) : Hard water does not give lather with soap.
(c) C (d) D
Reason (R) : Hard water contains calcium and
magnesium salts in the form of hydrogen carbonate,
chloride and sulphate.
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
HYDROGEN 71
54. Assertion (A) : 56. Match the following Column I and with Column II
HOCl  H 2 O2  H3 O  Cl   O2 Column - I Column - II
A. Electron-deficient 1. CH4
Reason (R) : H 2 O 2 acts as a reducing agent in the acidic
molecular hydrides
medium.
(a) A (b) B B. Electron-precise 2. B2H6

(c) C (d) D molecular hydrides

C. Electron-rich 3. NH3,HF
Match the Following
molecular hydrides
Each question has two columns. Four options are
given representing matching of elements from
57. Match the following Column I and with Column II
Column-I and Column-II.
Column - I Column - II
55. Match the following Column I and with Column II
A. 10 vol H2O2 1. Perthydrol
Column - I Column - II
B. 20 vol H2O2 2. 5.358 N
A. Enthalpy of fusion 1. 0.904 kJ mol–1
C. 30 vol H 2 O 2 3. 1.785 M
B. Entalpy of vaporisation 2. 0.117kJ mol–1
C. Ionisation enthalpy 3. 1312kJ mol–1 D. 100 vol H2O2 4. 3 .03%

D. Entahlpy of bond 4. 435.88 mol–1 Fill in the Blanks

dissociation 58. …………………
in the combined form, it constitutes 15.4 % of
the earth’s crust and the oceans.
59. The isotopes have the same electronic configuration,
chemical properties. The only difference is in their rates
of reaction, mainly due to their different………… .
60. Number of parts by weight of calcium carbonate present
in ……. defined as the degree of hardness of water.
.
HYDROGEN 72

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTION

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] Objective Questions II
1. Polyphosphates are used as water softening agents because [One or more than one correct option]
they (2002)
4. The reagent(s) used for softening the temporary hardness
(a) form soluble complexes with anionic species of water is (are) (2010)
(b) precipitate anionic species (a) Ca3(PO4)2 (b) Ca(OH)2
(c) form soluble complexes with cationic species (c) Na2CO3 (d) NaOCl
(d) precipitate cationic species
5. Fe3 is reduced to Fe2  by using (2015)
2. A sodium salt on treatment with MgCl 2 gives white
precipitate only on heating. The anion of the sodium salt is (a) H2O2 in presence of NaOH
(2004) (b) Na2O2 in water
(c) H2O2 in presence of H2SO4
(a) HCO 3 (b) CO32 
(d) Na2O2 in presence of H2SO4
 4
(c) NO 3 (d) SO 2

3. Hydrogen peroxide in its reaction with KIO4 and NH2OH

respectively, is acting as a (2014)
(a) Reducing agent, oxidising agent
(b) Reducing agent, reducing agent
(c) Oxidising agent, oxidising agent
(d) Oxidising agent, reducing agent

Find Answer Key and Detailed Solutions at the end of this book

HYDROGEN

Please share your valuable feedback by

scanning the QR code.
s-BLOCK
 Chapter 14 74

s-BLOCK

1. INTRODUCTION OF ALKALI METALS (GROUP 1) 2. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ALKALI METALS

The s- block elements are those in which the last electron enters (GROUP 1)
the outermost s-orbital. As the s-orbital can accommodate only All the alkali metals are silvery-white and soft. Due to the large
two electrons, group 1 and group 2 belong to the s-block. Group size, these elements have low density, which increases down the
1 of the periodic table consists of the elements: Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, group from Li to Cs. However, potassium is lighter than sodium.
and Fr. They are known as the Alkali Metals. These are called The melting and boiling points of the alkali metals are low due to
alkali metals because they form hydroxides on reaction with water the presence of only a single valence electron (weak metallic bond).
which are strongly alkaline in nature.
The alkali metals and their salts impart characteristic colour to an
1.1 Electronic Configuration oxidizing flame. This is because the heat from the flame excites the
All the alkali metals have one valence electrons1. The loosely outermost orbital electron to a higher energy level. When the
held s-electron in the outermost valence shell of these elements excited electron comes back to the ground state, there is emission
makes them the most electropositive metals. They lose the outer- of radiation in the visible region of the spectrum.
most electron to give M+ ions. they are not found in free state in Colour shown by Alkali Metals(Group1)
nature.
Metal Colour  (nm)
1.2 Atomic and Ionic Radii
The alkali metal atoms have the largest sizes in a particular period
of the periodic table. On increase in atomic number, the atom Li Crimson Red 670.8
becomes larger. The monovalent ions M+ are smaller than the
parent atom. The atomic and ionic radii of alkali metals increase
on moving down the group.
Na Golden Yellow 589.2
1.3 Ionization Enthalpy
The ionization enthalpies of the alkali metals are low and decrease K Violet 766.5
down the group from Li to Cs. This is because the effect of in-
creasing size(Number of shell increases).
Rb Red Violet 580.0
1.4 Hydration Enthalpy
The hydration enthalpies of alkali metal ions decrease with in-
crease in ionic sizes. Li+ > Na+ > K+ > Rb+ > Cs+. Li+ has maximum Cs Blur 455.5
degree of hydration and for this reason lithium salts are mostly
hydrated (LiCl.2H2O)
1.5 Oxidation State
Show +1 oxidation state because by loosing one electron they
get stable noble gas configuration.
1.6 Photoelectric Effect
The phenomenon of emission of electrons when electromagnetic
rays strikes against them is called photoelectric effect; Alkali metal
have low I.P. so show photoelectric effect. (Cs and K are used in
Photoelectric cells).

SCAN CODE
s-Block
s-BLOCK 75
Atomic and Physical Properties of the Alkali Metals
Property Lithium Sodium Potassium Rubidium Caesium Francium
Li Na K Rb Cs Fr
Atomic Number 3 11 19 37 55 87
Atomic Mass (g mol–1) 6.94 22.99 39.10 85.47 132.91 (223)
Electronic configuration [He]2s1 [Ne]3s1 [Ar]4s1 [Kr]5s1 [Xe]6s1 [Rn]7s1
Ionization enthalpy 520 496 419 403 376 ~375
/kJ mol–1
Hydration –506 –406 –330 –310 –276 –
enthalpy /kJ mol –1

Metallic radius / pm 152 186 227 248 265 –

Ionic radius 76 102 138 152 167 (180)
m.p. / K 454 371 336 312 302 –
b.p. / K 1615 1156 1032 961 944 –
Density /g cm –3
0.53 0.97 0.86 1.53 1.90 –

3. CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
3.3 Reactivity Towards Dihydrogen
The alkali metals are highly reactive due to their large size and low
Alkali metals react with hydrogen gas at about 673K to form
ionization enthalpy. The reactivity of these metals increases down
hydrides. These hydrides are ionic in nature with high melting
the group
points.
3.1 Reactivity Towards Air
(lithium react with hydrogen gas at 1073K)
The alkali metals tarnish in dry air due to the formation of their
2M + H2O  2M+ H–
oxides, which in turn react with moisture to form hydroxides.
(Lithium react with air and forms mixture of oxide and nitride) 3.4 Reactivity Towards Halogens

They burn vigorously in oxygen forming oxides. 2M + X2  2MX

Lithium forms monoxide The alkali metals readily react vigorously with halogens to form
ionic halides( M+X–). However, lithium halides are covalent in
Sodium forms peroxide
nature.
Other Alkali metals form superoxides (superoxide ion is stable
3.5 Reducing Nature
only in the presence of large cations such as K, Rb, Cs)
The alkali metals are strong reducing agents, lithium (due to high
4 Li + O2  2 Li2 O (oxide)
hydration energy) being the most and sodium the least powerful
2 Na + O2 Na2 O2 (peroxide)
Li Na K Rb Cs
M + O2 MO2 (superoxide)
E° red (V) –3.04 –2.714 –2.925 –2.930 –2.927
(M = K, Rb, Cs)
The standard electrode potential (E) which measures the
Alkali metals highly reactivity towards air and water, due to this reducing power represents the overall change as below
reason they are kept in kerosene oil.
M(s)  M(g)
3.2 Reactivity Towards Water
M(g)  M+(g)+ e–
They react with water to form hydroxide and dihydrogen
M(g) + H2O  M+ (aq)
2M + 2H2O  2M + 2OH + H2 (M = an lkali metal)
+ –
3.6 Solutions in Liquid Ammonia
Lithium’s reaction with water is less vigorous than that of sodium
The alkali metals dissolve in liquid ammonia giving deep blue
because of its small size and very high hydration energy. Other
solutions which are conducting in nature.
metals of the group react explosively with water.
M + (x + y) NH3(l)  [M(NH3)x]+ + [e(NH3)y]–

SCAN CODE
s-Block
s-BLOCK 76
 The blue colour of the solution is due to the ammoniated 4.1.2 Peroxides of Alkali Metals
electron which absorbs energy in the visible region of light.  Formed by Na in excess of air(in small extent by Li)
 The solutions are paramagnetic and on standing slowly lib-  Diamagnetic in nature
erate hydrogen resulting in the formation of amide.
 Colourless
M+(am) + e– + NH3(l)  MNH2(am) +1/2 H2
The increasing stability of the peroxide, as the size of the
In concentrated solution, the blue colour changes to bronze metal ion increases.
colour and becomes diamagnetic
On hydrolysis it will give hydroxide and hydrogen peroxide.
4. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE M2O2 + 2H2O  2M++ 2OH– + H2O2
COMPOUNDS OF THE ALKALI METALS 4.1.3 Superoxides of Alkali Metals
All the compounds of the alkali metals are generally ionic in na-  Formed By K, Rb,Cs in excess of air (in small extant by Na)
ture.  Yellow or orange in colour
4.1 Oxides of Alkali Metals  Paramagnetic in nature
4.1.1. Normal Oxide The increasing stability of the superoxide, as the size of the
 All monoxide are ionic in nature metal ion increases.
 Formed by Li in Excess of air On hydrolysis it will give hydroxide, hydrogen peroxide and
oxygen gas.
 Diamagnetic in nature
2MO2 + 2H2O  2M+ + 2OH– + H2O2 + O2
 Colourless
 On hydrolysis it will give hydroxide
M2O + H2O  2M+ + 2OH–

Oxides of Alkali Metals

Oxides Peroxides Superoxides
Formed by Li in excess air Formed by Na in excess Formed by K, Rb, Cs in
air, and to a small extent by Li excess air, and to a small extent by Na
Colourless Colourless Yellow or orange
Diamagnetic Diamagnetic Paramagnetic
Stability  (1/size of metal) Stability  size of metal Stability  size of metal
Hydrolysis – Hydrolysis – Hydrolysis –
M2O + H2O  2MOH M2O + H2O  2MOH + H2O2 M2O + H2O  2MOH + H2O2 + O2

4.2 Hydroxides of Alkali Metals  Stability order for chlorides, bromides and iodides:Enthalpies
 They are obtained by reaction of oxides with water and all of formation values for chlorides, bromides and iodides
are white crystalline solids. become More negative as we go down the group.
 The alkali metal hydroxides are stronge bases. LiX < NaX < KX < RbX < CsX (X = Cl, Br, I)
 They dissolve freely in water with evolution of much heat on  Stability order for a given metal : Enthalpies of formation
account of intense hydration. values always becomes less negative from fluoride to iodide.
4.3 Halides of Alkali Metals MF > MCl > MBr > MI (M = alkali metal
The alkali metal halides have High melting point, colourless  Melting and boiling point order for halides:
crystalline solids. fluoride > chloride > bromide > iodide
 Stability order for fluorides: Enthalpies of formation values MF > MCl > MBr > MI (M = alkali metal)
for fluorides become less negative as we go down the group
 All halides are soluble in water
LiF > NaF > KF > RbF > CsF
LiF is least soluble in fluorides (due to high LE)

SCAN CODE
s-Block
s-BLOCK 77
CsI is least soluble in iodides (due to less HE) 5.2.2 Properties
Other halides of lithium are soluble in ethanol, acetone and (i) It is nonhygroscopic but the presence of MgCl2 in common
ethylacetate salt renders it hygroscopic.
4.4 Salts of Oxo-Acids of Alkali Metals (ii) It is used o prepare freezing mixture in laboratory [Ice com-
 Carbonates of alkali metals: Generally thermally stable mon salt mixture is called freezing mixture and temperature
(except Li2CO3). The stability increases down the group. goes down to –23°C.]

Lithium carbonate is not stable to heat. 5.2.3 Uses

Li2CO3 + Heat  Li2O + CO2 (i) It is used as a common salt

 Bicarbonates of alkali metals Group 1 metals are strongly (ii) It is used for the preparation of Na2O2, NaOH and Na2CO3.
basic, they form solid bicarbonates except Lithium (LiHCO3 5.3 Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH)
can exist in solution). 5.3.1 Preparation
5. IMPORTANT COMPOUNDS OF SODIUM Electrolysis of Brine

5.1 Sodium Carbonate (Na2CO3·10H2O) NaCl  Na   Cl –

5.1.1 Solvay Process At anode: 2Cl–  Cl2 + 2e–
NH3 + H2O + CO2  NH4HCO3 At cathode : Na+ + e–  Na
NaCl + NH4HCO3  NaHCO3 + NH4Cl 2Na + 2H2O  2NaOH + H2

150C Na CO + H O + CO Sodium hydroxide is generally prepared commercially by the

2NaHCO3  2 3 2 2
electrolysis of sodium chloride in Castner-Kellner cell
5.1.2 Properties It is also known as caustic soda.
Sodium carbonate is a white crystalline solid which exists as
Na2CO3·10H2O. This is also called washing soda. It is soluble in
water.
On heating at 373K Na2CO3·10H2O loses its water of crystallisation
to form monohydrate. Above 373K, the monohydrate becomes
completely anhydrous and changes to a white powder called soda
ash
375K  Na CO H O  9H O
Na 2 CO3 10H 2 O  2 3 2 2

375K  Na CO  H O
Na 2 CO 3 H 2 O  2 3 2

Carbonate part of sodium carbonate gets hydrolysed by water to

form an alkaline solution.

CO32–  H 2 O  HCO3  OH –
5.1.3 Uses
(i) It is used in water softening, laundering and cleaning.
(ii) It is used in the manufacture of glass, soap, borax and caus-
5.3.2 Properties
tic soda.
(i) It is white crystalline, deliquescent, highly corrosive solid.
(iii) It is an important laboratory reagent both in qualitative and
quantitative analysis. (ii) It is stable towards heat.

5.2 Sodium Chloride (NaCl) (iii) It’s aqueous solution is alkaline in nature and soapy in touch.

5.2.1 Preparation (iv) FeCl3 + 3NaOH  Fe(OH)3 + 3NaCl

Prepared from brine containing 25% NaCl. NH4Cl + NaOH  NaCl + NH3  + H2O

SCAN CODE
s-Block
s-BLOCK 78
5.3.3 Uses (ii) The oxides, Li2O and MgO do not combine with excess
(i) In petroleum refining oxygen to give superoxide.
(ii) In the purification of bauxite (iii) The carbonates of lithium and magnesium decompose easily
(iii) For the preparation of pure fats and oils. on heating to form the oxides and CO2. Solid are not formed
5.4 Sodium Hydrogencarbonate (NaHCO3) by lithium and magnesium.
5.4.1 Preparation (iv) Both LiCl and MgCl2 are soluble in ethanol.
By absorption of CO2 in Na2 CO3 solution. (v) Both LiCl and MgCl2 are deliquescent and crystallise from
Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2  2NaHCO3 aqueous solution as hydrates, LiCl·2H2O and MgCl2·8H2O.
It is also known as baking soda. 7. BIOLOGICAL IMPORTANCE OF SODIUM AND
5.4.2 Uses
POTOSSIUM
(i) Sodium hydrogencarbonate is a mild antiseptic for skin
infections. Sodium ions are found on the outside of cells. These ions
(ii) It is used in fire extinguishers. participate in the transmission of nerve signals, in regulating the
flow of water across cell membranes and in the transport of
6. ANOMALOUS PROPERTIES OF LITHIUM sugars and amino acids into cells.

The anomalous behaviour of lithium is due to the 8. INTRODUCTION OF ALKALINE EARTH METALS
(i) small size of its atom and ion (GROUP 2)
(ii) High polarising power . As a result, there is increased The elements, beryllium, magnesium, calcium, strontium, barium
covalent character of lithium compounds. and radium are in Group-2. All are metals. The oxides of calcium,
6.1 Difference Between Lithium and other Alkali Metals strontium and barium were known much earlier than the metals.
(i) Lithium is much harder. Its m.p. and b.p. are higher than the Later, when the elements were discovered, they were named as
other alkali metals. alkaline earth metals.
(ii) Lithium is least reactive but the strongest reducing agent 8.1 Electronic Configuration
among all the alkali metals. Alkaline earth metals have two electrons in the s -orbital of the
(iii) LiCl is deliquescent and crystallises as a hydrate, LiCl·2H2O valence shell. Their general electronic configuration may be
whereas other alkali metal chlorides do not form hydrates. represented as [noble gas] ns 2 . Alkaline earth metals compounds
are ionic in nature.
(iv) Lithium hydrogencarbonate is not obtained in the solid form
while all other elements form solid hydrogencarbonates. 8.2 Atomic and Ionic Radii
(v) Lithium nitrate when heated gives lithium oxide, Li2O, whereas On moving the group, the atomic and ionic radii increase with an
other alkali metal nitrates decompose to give the increase in atomic number.
corresponding nitrite. 8.3 Ionization Enthalpies
4LiNO3  2 Li2O + 4NO2 + O2 The alkaline earth metals have low ionization enthalpies due to
2NaNO3  2 NaNO2 + O2 large size of the atoms. Atomic size increases down the group,
their ionization enthalpy decreases The first ionisation
6.2 Similarities between Lithium and Magnesium
enthalpies of the alkaline earth metals are higher than those of the
The similarity between lithium and magnesium is because of their corresponding Group 1 metals. This is due to their small size as
similar sizes: compared to the corresponding alkali metals. It is interesting to
atomic radii, Li = 152 pm, Mg = 160 pm; note that the second ionisation enthalpies of the alkaline earth
ionic radii : Li+ = 76 pm, Mg2+ = 72 pm. metals are smaller than alkali metals.
The main points of similarity are:
8.4 Hydration Enthalpies
(i) Lithium and magnesium react slowly with water. Their
The hydration enthalpies of alkaline earth metal ions are larger
oxides and hydroxides are much less soluble and their
than those of alkali metal ions.
hydroxides decompose on heating. Both form a nitride, Li3N
and Mg3N2, by direct combination with nitrogen. Be2+ > Mg2+ > Ca2+ > Sr2+ > Ba2+
Compounds of alkaline earth metals are more extensively hydrated

SCAN CODE
s-Block
s-BLOCK 79
than those of alkali metals, e.g., MgCl2 and CaCl2 exist as 8.7 Oxidation State
MgCl2.6H2O and CaCl2· 6H2O while NaCl and KCl do not form Show + 2 oxidation state.
such hydrates.
8.5 Melting and Boiling points 9. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
The have low m.p. but are higher than corresponding value of The alkaline earth metals, in general, are silvery white, lustrous
group I. and soft but harder than the alkali metals. Be and Mg appear to be
Reason: They have two valency electrons which may particle in greyish. The melting and boiling points of alkali earth metals are
metallic bonding compared with only one electron in AM. higher than the corresponding alkali metals due to smaller sizes.
Consequently group II elements are harder and have higher The electrons in beryllium and magnesium are too strongly bound
cohesive energy and  have much higher m.p./b.p. than A.M. to get excited by flame and do not impart any colour to the flame
M.P. Be > Ca > Sr > Ba > Mg
B.P. Be > Mg > Ca > Sr > Mg
8.6 Electropositive and Metallic Character
Due to low IE they are strong electropositive but not as strong as
Flame Colour
AM because of comparatively high IE. The electropositive
character increase down the group.
Be < Mg < Ca < Sr < Ba

Atomic and Physical Properties of the Alkaline Earth Metals

Property Beryllium Magnesium Calcium Strontium Barium Radium
Be Mg Ca Sr Ba Ra
Atomic Number 4 12 20 38 56 88
Atomic Mass (g mol ) –1
9.01 24.31 40.08 87.62 137.33 226.03
Electronic configuration [He]2s 2
[Ne]3s 2
[Ar]4s 2
[Kr]5s 2
[Xe]6s 2
[Rn]7s2
Ionization enthalpy 899 737 590 549 503 509
(I) / kJ mol–1

Ionization enthalpy 1757 1450 1145 1064 965 979

(II) /kJ mol–1
Hydration –2494 –1921 –1577 –1443 –1305 –
enthalpy /kJ mol –1

Metallic radius / pm 111 160 197 215 222 –

Ionic radius 31 72 100 118 135 148
m.p. / K 1560 924 1124 1062 1002 973
b.p. / K 2745 1363 1767 1655 2078 (1973)
Density /g cm –3
1.84 1.74 1.55 2.63 3.59 (5.5)
Standard potential –1.97 –2.36 –2.84 –2.89 –2.92 –2.92
E° / V for (M2+ / M)4
Occurrence in 2* 2.76** 4.6** 384* 390* 10**
lithosphere

SCAN CODE
s-Block
s-BLOCK 80
10. CHEMICAL PROPERTIES ammonia to give deep blue black solutions forming ammoniated
ions. M + (x + y) NH3 (l)  [M (NH3)x]2+ + 2 [e(NH3)y]–
The alkaline earth metals are less reactive than the alkali metals.
From these solutions, the ammoniates, [M (NH3)6]2+ can be recov-
The reactivity of these elements increases on going down the
ered.
group.
10.1 Reactivity Towards Water 11. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF COMPOUNDS
Be and Mg are kinetically inert to water because of the formation OF THE ALKALINE EARTH METALS
of an oxide film on their surface. 11.1 Oxides of Alkaline Earth Metals
Be probably reacts with steam, Mg with hot water, Ca, Sr and Ba BeO All other oxides
react rapidly with cold water
BeO is covalent All metals form monoxide MO which
M + 2H2O  M(OH)2 + H2 has rock - salt structure.
10.2 Reaction with Excess Dioxygen BeO is amphoteric All oxides are basic (except)
2M + O2  2MO Formed by all group elements Oxides react with water to form sparingly soluble hydroxides.
Ba + O2  BaO2 Ba also forms the peroxide MO + H2O  M (OH)2
10.3 Reaction with Excess Air 11.2 Hydroxides of Alkaline Earth Metals
 Powdered beryllium burns brilliantly on ignition in air to give Hydroxides of Alkaline Earth Metals
BeO and Be3N2.
Solubility, thermal stability and the basic character -
 Magnesium is more electropositive and burns with dazzling
brilliance in air to give MgO and Mg3N2. Mg(OH)2 < Ca(OH)2 < Sr(OH)2 < Ba(OH)2

 Calcium, strontium and barium are readily attacked by air to Beryllium hydroxide is amphoteric in nature -
form the oxide and nitride. Be(OH)2 + 2OH– [Be (OH)4]2– (Beryllate ion)
10.4 Reaction with Halogens Be(OH)2 + 2HCl + 2H2O  [Be (OH)4]Cl2
 All the alkaline earth metals combine with halogen at elevated Less basic and less stable than alkali metal hydroxides.
temperatures forming their halides. 11.3 Halides of Alkaline Earth Metals
M + X2  MX2  Except for beryllium halides, all other halides are ionic in
 BeF2 is best prepared by thermal decomposition of (NH4)2BeF4 nature.
BeCl2 is conveniently made from oxide.  Beryllium halides are essentially covalent and soluble in
organic solvents.
600800 K BeCl + CO
BeO + C + Cl2   2  Beryllium chloride has a chain structure in the solid state,
10.5 Reaction with Dihydrogen chloro-bridged dimer in vapour state and linear monomer at
temp. > 1200 K
All the elements except beryllium combine with hydrogen upon
heating to form their hydrides  Hydration extent decreases down the group.
Eg. MgCl2·8H2O, CaCl2·6H2O, SrCl2·6H2O and BaCl2·2H2O
M + H2  MH2
 Hydrated chlorides, bromides and iodides of Ca, Sr and Ba
 BeH2 can be prepared by the reaction of BeCl2 with LiAlH4.
gives off water of crystallization on heating while that of Be
2BeCl2 + LiAlH4  2BeH2 + LiCl + AlCl3 and Mg are hydrolysed on heating
10.6 Reducing Nature
Their reducing power is less than those of their corresponding
alkali metals. Reducing character increases down the group.
10.7 Solutions in Liquid Ammonia
Be Mg Ca Sr Ba
E° red (V) –1.97 –2.36 –2.84 –2.89 –2.92
Like alkali metals, the alkaline earth metals dissolve in liquid

SCAN CODE
s-Block
s-BLOCK 81
 Solubility of MF2 < MCl2 (M = alkaline earth metal) due to heat  CaO  CO
CaCO3 
high LE of fluorides 2

 Calcium Oxide has metling point of 2870 K.

 On exposure to atmosphere, it absorbs moisture and carbon
dioxide.
(a) (b) CaO + H2O  Ca(OH)2
CaO + CO2  CaCO3
(c)
 It is a basic oxide, combines with acidic oxides at high
11.4 Salts of Oxo-Acids of Alkaline Earth Metals temperature.
11.4.1 Carbonates CaO + SiO2  CaSiO3
Preparation 6CaO +P4O10  2Ca3(PO4)2
MX(aq) + Na2CO3/(NH4)2 CO3  MCO3(s) + Na2X/NH4 X, Uses:
MX is soluble salt of alkaline earth metals.
(i) It is an important primary material for manufacturing cement
 Carbonates of alkaline earth metals are insoluble in water and
(ii) It is used in the manufacture of sodium carbonate from
can be precipitated by addition of a sodium or ammonium
caustic soda.
carbonate solution to a solution of a soluble salt of these
metals. (iii) It is employed in the purification of sugar
 Solubility of carbonates decreases down the group 12.2 Calcium Hydroxide (Ca(OH)2)
 All the carbonates decompose on heating to give carbon  It is prepared by adding water to quick lime, CaO
dioxide and oxide.( Beryllium carbonate is unstable and can CaO + H2O  Ca(OH)2.
be kept only in the atmosphere of CO2.)  The aqueous solution is known as lime water.
 The thermal stability of carbonates increases down the group  When carbon dioxide is passed through lime water it turns
11.4.2 Sulphates milky due to the formation of calcium carbonate.
 The sulphates of the alkaline earth metals are all white solids Ca(OH)2 + CO2  CaCO3 + H2O
and stable to heat.  On passing excess of carbon dioxide, the precipitate
 Sulphates are soluble in water. The solubility decreases down dissolves to form calcium hydrogencarbonate.
the group: CaCO3 + H2O + CO2  Ca(HCO3)2
BeSO4 > MgSO4 > CaSO4 > SrSO4 > BaSO4  It is sparingly soluble in water. Suspension of slaked lime in
11.4.3 Nitrates water is known as milk of lime.
Preparation  Milk of lime reacts with chlorine to form hypochlorite, a
MCO3(s) + HNO3 (aq)  M (NO3)2(aq) + H2O + CO2 constituent of bleaching powder.
 All the Nitrates decompose on heating to give the oxide like 2Ca(OH)2 + 2Cl2  CaCl2 + Ca(OCl)2 + 2H2O
lithium nitrate. Uses:
2M(NO3)2 + Heat  2MO + 4NO2 + O2 (i) It is used in the preparation of mortar, a building material.
(M = Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba) (ii) It is used in white wash
 All the Nitrates have Decreasing tendency to form hydrates (iii) It is used in glass making,
on moving down the group (iv) It is used in tanning industry, for the preparation of
bleaching powder and for purification of sugar.
12. SOME IMPORTANT COMPOUNDS OF
CALCIUM 12.3 Calcium Carbonate (CaCO3)
 Calcium carbonate occurs in nature in several forms like
12.1 Calcium Oxide (CaO) limestone, chalk, marble etc.
It is prepared on a commercial scale by heating limestone (CaCO3)
in a rotary kiln at 1070 - 1270 K. It is also known as quick lime.

SCAN CODE
s-Block
s-BLOCK 82
It can be prepared by-
Raw compounds Percentage
(i) Passing carbon dioide through slaked lime-
CaO 50 - 60%
Ca(OH)2 + CO2  CaCO3 + H2O
SiO2 20 - 25%
Excess of carbon dioxide should be avoided since this leads
Al2O3 5 - 10%
to the formation of water soluble calcium hydrogencarbonate.
MgO 2-3%
(ii) By he addition of sodium carbonate to calcium chloride-
Fe2O3 1 - 2%
CaCl2 + Na2CO3  CaCO3 + 2NaCl
SO3 1 - 2%
It is a white fluffy powder
Compounds in Cement
It is almost insoluble in water.
When heated to 1200 K, It decomposes to evolve carbon dioxide.
CaCO3  CaO + CO2
It reacts with dilute acid to liberate carbon dioxide.
CaCO3 + 2HCl  CaCl2 + H2O + CO2
CaCO3 + H2SO4  CaSO4 + H2O + CO2
Uses:
 It is used as a building material in the form of marble and in Uses:
the manufacture of quicklime Cement has become a commodity of national necessity for any
 Calcium carbonate along with magnesium carbonate is used country next to iron and steel. It is used in concrete and
as a flux in the extraction of metals such as iron. reinforced concrete, in plastering and in the construction of
 Specially precipitated CaCO3 is extensively used in the bridges, dams and buildings.
manufacture of high quality paper.
13. ANOMALOUS BEHAVIOUR OF BERYLLIUM
 It is used as an antacid, mild abrasive in toothpaste, a
constituent of chewing gum, and a filler in cosmetics. Beryllium shows anomalous behaviour as compared to
magnesium and rest of the members.
12.4 Plaster of Paris (CaSO4 ·½ H2O)
(i) Beryllium has small atomic and ionic sizes and thus does not
 It is a hemihydrate of calcium sulphate CaSO4·½H2O.
compare well with other members of the group. Because of
 It is obtained when gypsum, CaSO4·2H2O, is heated to 393 K. high ionisation enthalpy and small size it forms compounds
2 (CaSO4·2H2O)  2(CaSO4)·H2O + 3H2O. which are largely covalent and get easily hydrolysed.
 Above 393 K, no water of crystallisation is left and (ii) Beryllium does not exhibit coordination number more than
anhydrous calcium sulphate, CaSO4 is formed. This is known four as in its valence shell there are only four orbitals. The
as ‘Dead burnt plaster’. remaining members of the group can have a coordination
 It has a remarkable property of setting with water. On mixing number of six by making use of d-orbitals.
with an adequate quantity of water it forms a plastic mass (iii) The oxide and hydroxide of beryllium, unlike the hydroxides
that gets into a hard solid in 5 to 15 minutes. of other elements in the group, are amphoteric in nature.
12.5 Cement 13.1 Similarities Between Beryllium and Aluminium
 It is also called Portland cement because it resembles with (i) Beryllium is not attacked by acids because of the presence
the natural limestone quarried in the Isle of Portland, of an oxide film on the surface of the metal. (Like aluminium,)
England. (ii) Beryllium hydroxide dissolves in excess of alkali to give a
 Cement is a product obtained by combining a material rich in beryllate ion, [Be(OH)4] 2– just as aluminium hydroxide
lime, CaO with other material such as clay which contains (iii) The chlorides of both beryllium and aluminium have
silica, SiO2 along with the oxides of aluminium, iron Cl– bridged chloride structure in vapour phase. Both the
and magnesium. chlorides are soluble in organic solvents and are strong Lewis
acids.

SCAN CODE
s-Block
s-BLOCK 83
(iv) Beryllium and aluminium ions have strong tendency to form  The main pigment for the absorption of light in plants is
complexes, BeF4 2–, AlF6 3–. chlorophyll which contains magnesium
 Calcium plays important roles in neuromuscular function,
14. BIOLOGICAL IMPORTANCE OF
interneuronal transmission, cell membrane integrity and blood
MAGNESIUM AND CALCIUM coagulation.
 All enzymes that utilise ATP in phosphate transfer require
magnesium as the cofactor

SCAN CODE
s-Block
s-BLOCK 84

SUMMARY
Atomic and Physical Properties of s block Elements

Property Alkali Metals Trend Alkaline earth metals Trend

Electronic configuration ns1
ns2
Atomic radius Increases down the group Increases down the group
Ionisation energy Decreases down the the group Decreases down group
Hydration energy Decreases down the group Decreases down the group
Ionic Mobility Increases down the group Increases down the group
Melting Point Decreases down the group Irregular
Boiling point Decreases down the group Irregular
Density Increases down the group (exception: K) Increases down the group
Flame colouration Li - Crimson Red Be, Mg - Doesn’t give
Na - Yellow K - Violet, Rb - Red violet Ca - Brick red, Sr - Crimson,
Cs - Blue Ba - Apple green

Chemical Properties of s block Elements

Reaction with Alkali Metals Alkaline earth metals

Excess of Oxygen Li forms monoxide, All form oxides, Ba also
Na peroxide and rest superoxide forms peroxide.
Water Forms hydroxide Forms hydroxide
Air Dry air - corresponding Forms oxide as well as nitride
oxide/peroxide/superoxide (Be and Mg react in powder form)
Moist air - Hydroxide
Li forms nitride also
Hydrogen and halogens Forms ionic hydride Forms ionic hydride
(except Li) and halides respectively and halides
Reducing nature Li - Most powerful Ba - Most powerful
Na - Least powerful Be - Least powerful
Liquid ammonia Forms deep blue conducting solution of Forms deep blue black conducting
ammoniated metal ion and ammoniated solution of ammoniated metal ion
electron and ammoniated electron

SCAN CODE
s-Block
s-BLOCK 85

EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Introduction and Physical Properties of s-block 10. The golden yellow colour associated with NaCl to Bunsen
Elements flame can be explained on the basis of

1. Chile saltpetre and Indian saltpetre are (a) low ionisation potential of sodium
(a) NaNO3, KNO3 (b) Ba(NO3)2, Cu(NO3)2 (b) emission spectrum
(c) NaNO2, NaNO3 (d) KNO3, NaNO3 (c) photosensitivity of sodium

2. The metal that is extracted from sea water is (d) sublimation of metallic sodium of yellow vapours
(a) Fe (b) Ca 11. The decrease in melting and boiling points of alkali metals
with rise in atomic number is due to
(c) Mg (d) Au
(a) the weakening of covalent bonding
3. Ionic mobility of Li+ is less than that of Na+ and K+ ions
both, because (b) weak ionic bonding
(a) Ionisation potential of Li is small (c) Van der Waal's forces

(b) Charge density of Li+ ion is high (d) the weakening of metallic bonding
(c) Hydration tendency of Li+ ion is high 12. Which of the following is not the characteristic of barium?
(d) Li+ has two electrons (a) It emits electrons on exposure to light.

4. Which of the following has least melting point ? (b) It is a silvery white metal.
(a) Li (b) Na (c) It forms Ba(NO3)2 which is used in preparation of green
fire.
(c) K (d) Cs
(d) Its ionization potential is lower than radium.
5. Which of the following alkali metals emits light of the largest
wavelength in the flame test? Chemical Properties of s-block Elements
(a) Na (b) Li 13. When K2O is added to water the solution is basic because
(c) K (d) Cs it contains a significant concentration of

6. Which of the following properties is not true for an (a) oxide ions (b) peroxide ions
alkali metal ? (c) hydroxide ions (d) superoxide ions
(a) Low atomic volume (b) Low ionization energy 14. Alkali metals present in their compounds are always
(c) Low density (d) Low electronegativity (a) monovalent (b) bivalent
7. Which of the following has the lowest melting point ? (c) trivalent (d) in free state
(a) LiCl (b) NaCl 15. Which of the following alkali metal hydroxides is the
(c) KCl (d) RbCl strongest base ?

8. Which of the following compounds is not soluble in (a) LiOH (b) KOH
water? (c) NaOH (d) RbOH
(a) LiF (b) NaCl 16. Which of the following metals cannot form nitride with
(c) NaBr (d) LiBr nitrogen?

9. Cs+ ions impart violet colour to Bunsen flame. This is due to (a) Li (b) Na
the fact that the emitted radiations of (c) Mg (d) Ca
(a) high energy (b) lower frequencies
(c) longer wave-lengths (d) zero wave number
s-BLOCK 86

17. Which of the following hydrides does not burn in air even 27. The dilute solution of alkaline earth metals in liquid ammonia
on strong heating? shows
(a) CaH2 (b) NaH (a) a bright blue colour due to formation of metal cluster
(c) LiH (d) SrH2 (b) a bright blue colour due to solvated electrons
18. Which of the following oxides is formed when potassium (c) a bronze colour due to solvated electrons
metal is burnt in excess of air ? (d) a bronze colour due to formation of metal cluster
(a) K2O (b) KO 28. Lithium on reaction with ammonia gives
(c) K2O2 (d) KO2 (a) Li3N (b) LiNH2
19. When sodium reacts with sufficient amount of air the (c) LiNO2 (d) LiNO3
product obtained is
29. The alkali metals dissolve in liq. NH3 to give a blue solution
(a) Na2O (b) Na2O2 which is conducting due to
(c) NaO2 (d) NaO (a) ammoniated electrons
20. Which of the following elements does not form peroxide? (b) loss of electrons
(a) Sr (b) Na (c) ammoniated cations
(c) Be (d) Ba (d) both (a) and (c)
21. Which of the following reacts with water at a highest rate ? 30. Sodium conducts electricity because
(a) Na (b) Li (a) it is soluble in water
(c) K (d) Rb (b) it has only one electron in the outermost orbit
22. Sodium reacts with water more vigorously than lithium (c) it has mobile electrons
because
(d) it is an alkali metal
(a) It has higher atomic weight
31. Alkaline earth metals form M2+ ions instead of M+ ions
(b) It is more electronegative because
(c) It is more electropositive (a) M2+ ions carry more charge
(d) It is a metal (b) their IE2 values are not different from their IE1 values.
23. Sodium metal cannot be stored under (c) M2+ ions have stable configuration
(a) benzene (b) kerosene oil (d) M2+ ions have more hydration energy.
(c) ethanol (d) toluene 32. The correct order of stability of hydrides is
24. The metal which is the best reducing agent in aqueous (a) CaH2 > SrH2 > BaH2 (b) CaH2 > SrH2 = BaH2
solution is
(c) CaH2 < SrH2 < BaH2 (d) CaH2 < SrH2 > BaH2
(a) Na (b) K
33. Which is the strongest reducing agent?
(c) Rb (d) Li
(a) Mg (b) Rb
25. A solution of sodium metal with liquid ammonia is strongly
(c) Na (d) K
reducing due to the presence of
(a) free ions (b) amide ion Ca
34. X  CaCl 2  Y  ; the effective ingredient of X is
(c) solvated electrons (d) none of these
(a) OCl– (b) Cl–
26. The metal that dissolved in ammonia to give a blue
(c) OCl+ (d) OCl2–
colour is
(a) Sn (b) Pb
(c) Zn (d) Na
s-BLOCK 87
35. The reaction of an element A with water produces 40. Which of the following compounds gives CO2 gas on
combustible gas B and an aqueous solution of C. When decomposition ?
another substance D reacts with this solution C also (a) Li2CO3 (b) MgCO3
produces the same gas B.D also produces the same gas
(c) Na2CO3 (d) Both (a) and (b)
even on reaction with dilute H2SO4 at room temperature.
Element A imparts golden yellow colour to Bunsen flame. 41. On strong heating, sodium bicarbonate changes into
Then A, B, C and D may be identified as (a) sodium monoxide (b) sodium hydroxide
(a) Na, H2 , NaOH and Zn (c) sodium carbonate (d) sodium peroxide
(b) K, H2 , KOH and Zn 42. Based on lattice energy and other considerations which
(c) K, H2 , NaOH and Zn one of the following alkali metal chlorides is expected to
have the highest melting point ?
(d) Ca, H2 , CaCOH2 and Zn
(a) KCl (b) RbCl
K 2CrO4 /H dil. HCl
36. (Yellow ppt) T   X   Y(Yellowppt) (c) LiCl (d) NaCl
43. Nitrogen dioxide cannot be prepared by heating
 Z  (pungent smelling gas)
(a) KNO3 (b) AgNO3
If X gives green flame test. Then, X is
(c) Pb(NO3)2 (d) Cu(NO3)2
(a) MgSO4 (b) BaS2O3
44. When CO2 is bubbled into an aqueous solution of Na2CO3 ,
(c) CuSO4 (d) PbS2O3 the compound formed is

37. N 2 , H 2O (a) NaOH (b) NaHCO3

X   Y   Z(colourless gas)
(c) H2O (d) OH–
 T(blue colour)
CuSO4 CO2
45. (Milky Cloud) C  A  Na 2 CO3  B  C
Then, substances Y and T are
The chemical formulae of A and B are
(a) Y = Mg3N2 and T = CuSO4.5H2O
(a) NaOH and Ca(OH)2 (b) Ca(OH)2 and NaOH
(b) Y = Mg3N2 and T = CuSO4.4NH3
(c) NaOH and CaO (d) CaO and Ca(OH)2
(c) Y = Mg(NO3)2 and T = CuO
200C X; product X is
46. NaOH (Solid) + CO 
(d) Y = MgO and T = CuSO4.4NH3
General Characteristics of Compounds of s-block (a) NaHCO3 (b) Na2CO3
Elements (c) HCOONa (d) H2CO3

38. CsBr3 contains 47. Which of the following metals has most stable carbonate?

(a) Cs–Br covalent bonds (a) Na (b) Mg

(b) Cs3+ and Br– ions (c) Al (d) Si

(c) Cs+ and Br3– ions 48. Which of the following on heating gives oxides quickly ?

(d) Cs3+ and Br33– ions (a) Na2CO3 (b) K2CO3

39. An aqueous solution of an halogen salt of potassium reacts (c) Li2CO3 (d) Rb2CO3
with same halogen X2 , to give KX3 , a brown coloured solution, 49. MgBr2 and MgI2 are soluble in acetone because of
in which halogen exists as X3– ion, X2 as a Lewis acid and X– (a) Their ionic nature (b) Their coordinate nature
as a Lewis base, halogen X is
(c) Their metallic nature (d) Their covalent nature
(a) chlorine (b) bromine
50. Which is most basic in character?
(c) iodine (d) fluorine
(a) CsOH (b) KOH
(c) NaOH (d) LiOH
s-BLOCK 88

51. The correct order of basic-strength of oxides of alkaline 58. 500C 


NaNO3   A(s)  B(g)
earth metals is
(a) BeO > MgO > CaO > SrO 800C

NaNO3  C(s)  B(g)  D(g)
(b) SrO > CaO > MgO > BeO
Compound A is produced by absorbing dinitrogen trioxide
(c) BeO > CaO > MgO > SrO in Na2CO3 solution. Compound A is
(d) SrO > MgO > CaO > BeO (a) Na2O (b) NaNO2
52. Which of the following is least soluble in water? (c) N2O (d) Na2O2
(a) CaCO3 (b) NaHCO3 59. BeSO4 is soluble in water but BaSO4 is insoluble, because
(c) Na2SO4 (d) KHCO3 (a) BeSO4 is ionic and BaSO4 is covalent.
53. Pure anhydrous mangnesium chloride (MgCl2) can be (b) BeSO4 is crystalline while BaSO4 is amorphous.
prepared from hydrated salt (MgCl2.6H2O) by
(c) BeSO4 has smaller lattice energy and high heat of
(a) heating the hydrate to red heat in the atmosphere of HCl hydration as compared to BaSO4
gas
(d) None of these
(b) melting the hydrate
(c) heating the hydrate with coke High temperature
60. X+C+Cl2   Y+CO; Y+2H2OZ+2HCl
of about 1000K
(d) heating the hydrate with Mg ribbon
Compound Y is found in polymeric chain structure and is an
54 Beryllium hydroxide on reaction with nitric acid forms electron deficient molecule. Y must be
(a) hydrated Be (NO3)2 (b) anhydrous Be (NO3)2 (a) BeO (b) BeCl2
(c) [Be4O(NO3)6] (d) none of these (c) BeH2 (d) AlCl3
55. The sulphate of which metal has the highest solubility in 61. The hydroxide of alkaline earth metal, which has the lowest
water ? value of solubility product (Ksp) at normal temperature (25°C)
(a) Ca (b) Ba is
(c) Sr (d) Mg (a) Ca(OH)2 (b) Mg(OH)2
56. The decomposition temperature is maximum for (c) Sr(OH)2 (d) Be(OH)2
(a) MgCO3 (b) SrCO3 62. A metal M readily forms water soluble sulphate, and water
(c) CaCO3 (d) BaCO3 insoluble hydroxide M(OH)2. Its oxide MO is amphoteric,
hard and having high melting point. The alkaline earth metal
57. Which is not correctly matched ?
M must be
(1) Basic strength of Cs2O > Rb2O > K2O > Na2O
(a) Mg (b) Be
oxides > Li2O
(c) Ca (d) Sr
(2) Stability of peroxides Na2O2 < K2O2< Rb2O2< Cs2O2
63. An alkaline earth metal (M) gives a salt with chlorine, which
(3) Stability of LiHCO3 < NaHCO3 < KHCO3 is soluble in water at room temperature. It also forms an
bicarbonates < RbHCO3 < CsHCO3 insoluble sulphate whose mixture with a sulphide of a
(4) Melting point NaF < NaCl < NaBr < NaI transition metal is called 'lithopone' -a white pigment. Metal
M is
(a) (1) and (4) (b) only (4)
(a) Ca (b) Mg
(c) (1) and (2) (d) (2) and (3)
(c) Ba (d) Sr
s-BLOCK 89

 , 205C  ,120C
Commercially Important Compounds of s-block 73. Y 
 CaSO 4 .2H 2 O 
 X . X and Y are
Elements respectively
64. Washing soda has formula (a) plaster of paris, dead burnt plaster
(a) Na2CO3.7H2O (b) Na2CO3.10H2O (b) dead burnt plaster, plaster of paris
(c) Na2CO3.3H2O (d) Na2CO3 (c) CaO and plaster of paris
65. A mixture of cement clinker and gypsum is called (d) plaster of paris, mixture of gases
(a) portland cement (b) limestone
Uses of s-block Elements
(c) mortar (d) none of these
74. Which of these is dead burnt plaster?
66. Which of the following is plaster of Paris ?
(a) CaSO4 (b) CaSO4.2H2O
1
(a) CaSO 4 .2H 2 O (b)  CaSO 4  . H 2 O (c) (CaSO4)2.H2O (d) CaO
2
75. EDTA is used in the estimation of
(c)  CaSO 4  .H 2 O (d) CaSO 4 (a) Mg2+ ions
67. Which of the following is called milk of magnesia? (b) Ca2+ ions
(a) Suspension of Mg(OH)2 (c) both Ca2+ and Mg2+ ions
(b) Solution of MgSO4 (d) Mg2+ ions but not Ca2+ ions
(c) Suspension of Mg 76. Epsom salt is
(d) Solution of Mg(HCO3)2 (a) MgSO4.7H2O (b) CaSO4.H2O
68. K2CO3 cannot be prepared by Solvay process because (c) MgSO4.2H2O (d) BaSO4.2H2O
(a) K2CO3 decomposed in the process
Biological Significance of Na, K, Mg and Ca
(b) KHCO3 is soluble in water
77. Excess of Na+ ions in human system causes
(c) KHCO3 is insoluble in water
(a) high blood pressure (b) anaemia
(d) KHCO3 is thermally stable
69. Leblanc process is employed in the manufacture of (c) low blood pressure (d) None of these

(a) baking soda (b) washing soda 78. Which of the following metals is present in chlorophyll
(c) KCl (d) plaster of Paris (a) Mg (b) Be
70. Baking powder has one of the following constituents, which (c) Ca (d) None
is 79 Use of potassium superoxide (KO2) in submarine and
(a) Na2CO3 (b) Na2SO4 spacecraft cylinder is
(c) KHCO3 (d) NaHCO3 (a) to absorb moisture
71. Fire extinguishers contain (b) to generate heat
(a) conc. H2SO4 solution (c) to absorb CO2 and increase O2
(b) H2SO4 and NaHCO3 solutions (d) to produce CO2
(c) NaHCO3 solution
(d) CaCO3 solution
72. The difference of water molecules in gypsum and plaster of
Paris is

5
(a) (b) 2
2

1 1
(c) (d) 1
2 2
s-BLOCK 90
Numerical Value Type Questions 87. How many of the following orders are correct?
80. Out of given chemicals, number of chemicals which is/are (i) Thermal stability: BeSO4 < MgSO4 < CaSO4
related to Solvay process is: (ii) Polarising power: Ca2+ < Mg2+ < Be2+
NH3, KCl, CO2, SO2, Ca(OH)2 , NaCl, H2SO4, NaNO3 (iii) Solubility in H2O: Be(OH)2 < Mg(OH)2 < Ca(OH)2
81. Out of Be, Mg, Ca, Sr and Ba, total number of metals whose (iv) Covalent nature: CaCl2 < MgCl2 < BeCl2
nitrates are decomposed according to following reaction (v) Lattice energy: BaF2 < CaF2 < MgF2
(vi) Hydration energy: Ba2+ < Mg2+ < Be2+
2 M  NO3 2 
Δ
 2MO  4 NO2  O2 (vii) Solubility in water: BaF2 < MgF2 < BeF2
82. The metal among Na, K, Li, Rb, Cs that forms nitride by 88. Among the following statements how many correspond
reacting directly with N2 of air has an atomic number... to properties of alkali metals?
83. How many of the following are incorrect statement(s) : *They are prepared by the electrolysis of their fused salts.
I. Cs+ is more hydrated than the other alkali metal ions * Their cations are diamagnetic.
II. Among the alkali metals Li, Na, K and Rb, lithium has *Elements have low density, a good conductor of heat
the highest melting point and electricity.
III. Ionic mobility of Li+ is maximum among alkali metal * Their oxides are basic in nature.
cations *These elements show variable oxidation states.
IV. Ionization potential of Li is lower than that of Na *Li, Na, K are less denser than water.
84. Portland cement contains how many of the following 89. 4 mol of a mixture containing one mol each of LiNO3, NaNO3,
compounds? Ca(NO 3)2 and Mg(NO 3)2 is decomposed by strongly
MgO, MgCO3, MgCl2, CaO, SiO2, Fe2O3, CaSO4, SO3, heating. The total number of moles of NO2(g) evolved is
Al2O3 and CaCl2 (assuming complete decomposition of all the salts)
85. Number of insoluble compound(s) in water among given
is/are: [Consider slightly soluble compounds also as
insoluble]
SrSO4, BaCO3, CaF2, BaCrO4, CaC2O4, MgCO3, CaCrO4,
BaSO4, Be(OH)2
86. The number of bicarbonates that do not exist in solid form
among the following is
LiHCO 3, NaHCO 3, KHCO 3, NH 4HCO 3, Ca(HCO 3) 2,
Ba(HCO3)2, Mg(HCO3)2
s-BLOCK 91

EXERCISE – 2: PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

1. In the industrial production of which of the (a) (A) – (I), (B) – (II), (C) – (III), (D) – (IV)
following, molecular hydrogen is obtained as a (b) (A) – (III), (B) – (II), (C) – (I), (D) – (IV)
byproduct? (JEE Main 2022) (c) (A) – (III), (B) – (I), (C) – (II), (D) – (IV)
(d) (A) – (IV), (B) – (II), (C) – (I), (D) – (III)
(a) NaOH (b) NaCl
8. Amongst baking soda, caustic soda and washing
(c) Na metal (d) Na2CO3
soda, carbonate anion is present in
2. Which one of the following compounds is used as a
(JEE Main 2022)
chemical in certain type of fire extinguishers?
(a) washing soda only
(JEE Main 2022)
(b) washing soda and caustic soda only
(a) Baking soda (b) Soda ash
(c) washing soda and baking soda only
(c) Washing soda (d) Caustic Soda
(d) baking soda, caustic soda and washing soda
3. Which of the following statements are correct ?
9. Choose the correct order of density of the alkali
(A) Both LiCl and MgCl2 are soluble in ethanol.
metals: (JEE Main 2022)
(B) The oxides Li2O and MgO combine with excess
(a) Li < K < Na < Rb < Cs
of oxygen to give superoxide.
(b) Li < Na < K < Rb < Cs
(C) LiF is less soluble in water than other alkali
(c) Cs < Rb < K < Na < Li
metal fluorides.
(d) Li < Na < K < Cs < Rb
(D) Li2O is more soluble in water than other alkali
10. The correct order of density is (JEE Main 2022)
metal oxides.
(a) Be > Mg > Ca > Sr
Choose the most appropriate answer from the options
(b) Sr > Ca > Mg > Be
given below : (JEE Main 2022)
(c) Sr > Be > Mg > Ca
(a) (A) and (C) only
(d) Be > Sr > Mg > Ca
(b) (A), (C) and (D) only
11. Reaction of BeCl2 with LiAlH4 gives:
(c) (B) and (C) only
(A) AlCl3, (B) BeH2
(d) (A) and (D) only
(C) LiH, (D) LiCl
4. The correct order of melting point is:
(E) BeAlH4
(JEE Main 2022)
Choose the correct answer from options given below:
(a) Be > Mg > Ca > Sr
(JEE Main 2022)
(b) Sr > Ca > Mg > Be
(a) (A), (D) and (E) (b) (A), (B) and (D)
(c) Be > Ca > Mg > Sr
(c) (D) and (E) (d) (B), (C) and (D)
(d) Be > Ca > Sr > Mg
12. Given below are two statements:
5. s-block element which cannot be qualitatively Statement I: The chlorides of Be and Al have Cl-
confirmed by the flame test is (JEE Main 2022) bridged structure. Both are soluble in organic
(a) Li (b) Na solvents and act as Lewis bases.
(c) Rb (d) Be Statement II: Hydroxides of Be and Al dissolve in
6. BeCl2 reacts with LiAlH4 to give:(JEE Main 2022) excess alkali to give beryllate and aluminate ions.
(a) Be + Li[AlCl4] + H2 In the light of the above statements. Choose the
correct answer from the options given below.
(b) Be + AlH3 + LiCl + HCl
(JEE Main 2022)
(c) BeH2 + LiCl + AlCl3 (a) Both statement I and Statement II are true
(d) BeH2 + Li[AlCl4] (b) Both statement I and Statement II are false
7. Match List-I with List-II (c) Statement I is true but Statement II is false
List-I (Metal) List-II (Emitted light (d) Statement I is false but Statement II is true
wavelength (nm)) 13. An element A of group 1 shows similarity to an
(A) Li (I) 670.8 element B belonging to group 2. If A has maximum
(B) Na (II) 589.2 hydration enthalpy in group 1 then B is:
(C) Rb (III) 780.0 (JEE Main 2022)
(D) Cs (IV) 455.5 (a) Mg (b) Be
Choose the most appropriate answer from the options (c) Ca (d) Sr
given below: (JEE Main 2022)
s-BLOCK 92

14. Which of the following statement is incorrect? (JEE Main 2023)

(JEE Main 2022) (a)  NH4 2 BeF4 (b) H 3 NBeF3
(a) Low solubility of LiF in water is due to its small
hydration enthalpy. (c)  NH 4  BeF3 (d)  NH 4  Be 2 F5
(b) KO2 is paramagnetic.
(c) Solution of sodium in liquid ammonia is 21. Given below are two statements, one is labelled as
conducting in nature. Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R.
(d) Sodium metal has higher density than potassium Assertion A: Beryllium has less negative value of
metal reduction potential compared to the other alkaline
15. Statement I: An alloy of lithium and magnesium is earth metals.
used to make aircraft plates. Reason R: Beryllium has large hydration energy due
Statement II: The magnesium ions are important for to small size of Be 2  but relatively large value of
cell-membrane integrity.
atomization enthalpy. (JEE Main 2023)
In the light the above statements, choose
(a) A is correct but R is not correct
the correct answer from the options given below
(b) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct
(JEE Main 2022)
explanation of A.
(a) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
(c) A is not correct but R is correct
(b) Both Statement I and Statement II are false
(d) Both A and R are correct and R is NOT the
(c) Statement I is true but Statement II is false
correct explanation of A
(d) Statement I is false but Statement II is true
22. Identify the correct statements about alkali metals.
16. Lithium nitrate and sodium nitrate, when heated
A. The order of standard reduction potential (M+| M)
separately, respectively, give: (JEE Main 2022)
for alkali metal ions is Na > Rb > Li.
(a) LiNO2 and NaNO2
B. CsI is highly soluble in water.
(b) Li2O and Na2O
C. Lithium carbonate is highly stable to heat.
(c) Li2O and NaNO2
D. Potassium dissolved in concentrated liquid
(d) LiNO2 and Na2O
ammonia is blue in colour and paramagnetic.
17. Portland cement contains 'X' to enhance the setting
E. All the alkali metal hydrides are ionic solids.
time. What is 'X'? (JEE Main 2022)
Choose the correct answer from the options given
1 below (JEE Main 2023)
(a) CaSO4. H2O (b) CaSO4.2H2O
2 (a) A, B, D only (b) C and E only
(c) CaSO4 (d) CaCO3 (c) A and E only (d) A, B and E only
18. BeO reacts with HF in presence of ammonia to give 23. Match List I with List II.
[A] which on thermal decomposition produces [B] List I List II(Colour imparted to the
and ammonium fluoride. Oxidation state of Be in [A] (Elements) flame)
is ________. (JEE Main 2022) (A) K I. Brick Red
19. Match List I with List II. (B) Ca II. Violet
LIST-I LIST-II (C) Sr III. Apple Green
(A) Chlorophyll (I) Na 2 CO3 (D) Ba IV. Crimson Red
(B) Soda ash (II) CaSO 4 Choose the correct answer from the options given
(C) Density, Ornamental work below: (JEE Main 2023)
(III) Mg 2 
(a) A-II, B-I, C-III. D-IV
(D) Used in white washing (IV) Ca(OH) 2 (b) A-II, B-IV, C-I. D-III
Choose the correct answer from the options given (c) A-II, B-I, C-IV. D-III
below : (JEE Main 2023) (d) A-IV, B-III, C-II. D-I
(a) A - III, B - I, C - II, D - IV 24. Compound A reacts with NH4Cl and forms a
(b) A - II, B - I, C - III, D - IV compound B. Compound B reacts with H2O and
(c) A - III, B - IV, C - I, D - II excess of CO2 to form compound C which on passing
(d) A - II, B - III, C - IV, D - I through or reaction with saturated NaCl solution
20. Reaction of BeO with ammonia and hydrogen forms sodium hydrogen carbonate.
fluoride gives ‘A’ which on thermal decomposition Compound A, B and C, are respectively
gives BeF2 and NH 4 F . What is ‘A’? (JEE Main 2023)
s-BLOCK 93

(a) CaCl2, NH3, NH4HCO3 30. Lithium aluminium hydride can be prepared from the
(b) CaCl2, NH4+, (NH4)2CO3 reaction of (JEE Main 2023)
(c) Ca(OH)2, NH3, NH4HCO3 (a) LiCl and Al 2 H 6
(d) Ca(OH)2, NH4+, (NH4)2CO3 (b) LiH and Al2 Cl6
25. Given below are two statements, one is labelled as
Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. (c) LiCl, Al and H 2
Assertion A: The alkali metals and their salts impart (d) LiH and Al(OH)3
characteristic colour to reducing flame. 31. Which of the following reaction is correct?
Reason R: Alkali metals can be detected using flame (JEE Main 2023)
tests. 
(a) 2LiNO3 
 2LiNO  O2
In the light of the above statements, choose the most

appropriate answer form the options given below. (b) 4LiNO3 
 2Li2O  2 N2O4  O2
(JEE Main 2023) 
(a) Both A and R are correct but R is NOT the correct (c) 4LiNO3 
 2Li2O  4NO2  O2
explanation of A. 
(d) 2LiNO3 
 2Li  2NO2  O2
(b) A is correct but R is not correct.
32. Chlorides of which metal are soluble in organic
(c) A is not correct but R is correct
solvents: (JEE Main 2023)
(d) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct
(a) Ca (b) Mg
explanation of A.
(c) K (d) Be
26. Which one among the following metals is the weakest
33. Which one of the following statements is correct for
reducing agent? (JEE Main 2023)
electrolysis of brine solution? (JEE Main 2023)
(a) K (b) Rb
(a) Cl2 is formed at cathode
(c) Na (d) Li
(b) O2 is formed at cathode
27. The correct order of hydration enthalpies is
(c) H2is formed at anode
(A) K+ (B) Rb+
(d) OH– is formed at cathode
(C) Mg2+ (D) Cs+
2+
34. The element playing significant role in
(E) Ca
neuromuscular function and interneuronal
Choose the correct answer from the options given
transmission is : (JEE Main 2023)
below: (JEE Main 2023)
(a) Be (b) Ca
(a) C  A  E  B  D
(c) Li (d) Mg
(b) E  C  A  B  D 35. Match List I with List II.
(c) C  E  A  D  B List I List II
(d) C  E  A  B  D (A) Slaked lime (I) NaOH
28. The magnetic behaviour of Li 2 O, Na 2 O 2 and KO 2 (B) Dead burnt plaster (II) Ca(OH) 2
respectively, are (JEE Main 2023) (III) Na 2 CO3 10H 2 O
(C) Caustic soda
(a) Diamagnetic, Paramagnetic and Diamagnetic
(b) Paramagnetic, Paramagnetic and Diamagnetic (D) Washing soda (IV) CaSO 4
(c) Paramagnetic, Diamagnetic and Paramagnetic Choose the correct answer form the options given
(d) Diamagnetic, Diamagnetic and Paramagnetic below: (JEE Main 2023)
29. The alkaline earth metal sulphate(s) which are readily (a) (A) - I, (B) - IV, (C) - II, (D) - III
soluble in water is/are: (b) (A) - III, (B) - IV, (C) - II, (D) - I
(A) BeSO 4 (B) MgSO 4 (c) (A) - II, (B) - IV, (C) - I, (D) - III
(d) (A) - III, (B) - II, (C) - IV, (D) - I
(C) CaSO 4 (D) SrSO 4
36. Choose the correct statement(s):
(E) BaSO 4 A. Beryllium oxide is purely acidic in nature.
Choose the correct answer from the options given B. Beryllium carbonate is kept in the atmosphere of
below: (JEE Main 2023) CO2.
(a) A only (b) B only C. Beryllium sulphate is readily soluble in water.
(c) A and B (d) B and C D. Beryllium shows anomalous behaviour.
s-BLOCK 94

Choose the correct answer from the options given (a) To facilitate the hydration of cement
below: (JEE Main 2023) (b) To give a hard mass
(a) A, B and C only (b) B, C and D only (c) To slow down the process of setting
(c) A and B only (d) A only (d) To speed up the process of setting
37. Given below are two statements : one is labelled as 43. Given below are two statements: One is labelled as
Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R
Assertion (A): Gypsum is used for making fireproof Assertion A: Sodium is about 30 times as abundant
wall boards. as potassium in the oceans.
Reason (R): Gypsum is unstable at high Reason R: Potassium is bigger in size than sodium.
temperatures. In the light of the above statements, choose the
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct answer from the options given below
correct answer from the options given below : (JEE Main 2023)
(JEE Main 2023) (a) A is false but R is true
(a) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the (b) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct
correct explanation of (A). explanation of A
(b) (A) is correct but (R) is not correct. (c) A is true but R is false
(c) (A) is not correct but (R) is correct (d) Both A and R are true and R is the correct
(d) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the explanation of A.
correct explanation of (A). 44. For a good quality cement, the ratio of lime to the
38. The setting time of Cement is increased by adding total of the oxides of Si, Al and Fe should be as
(JEE Main 2023) close as to (JEE Main 2023)
(a) Limestone (b) Clay (a) 2 (b) 4
(c) Silica (d) Gypsum (c) 1 (d) 3
39. Structures of BeCl 2 in solid state, vapour phase and 45. The compound which does not exist is
at very high temperature respectively are: (JEE Main 2023)
(JEE Main 2023) (a) BeH 2 (b) NaO 2
(a) Monomeric, Dimeric, Polymeric
(c)  NH4 2 BeF4 (d) PbEt 4
(b) Polymeric, Monomeric, Dimeric
(c) Polymeric, Dimeric, Monomeric 46. Lime reacts exothermally with water to give ‘A’
(d) Dimeric, Polymeric, Monomeric which has low solubility in water. Aqueous solution
40. Ion having highest hydration enthalpy among the of ‘A’ is often used for the test of CO2 , a test in
given alkaline earth metal ions is: which insoluble B is formed. If B is further reacted
(JEE Main 2023) with CO2 then soluble compound is formed. ‘A’ is
(a) Be 2  (b) Sr 2  (JEE Main 2023)
2 2 (a) White lime (b) Slaked lime
(c) Ca (d) Ba
41. Given below are two statements. (c) Quick lime (d) Lime water
Statement I: Lithium and Magnesium do not form 47. Number of water molecules in washing soda and soda
superoxide. ash respectively are: (JEE Main 2023)
(a) 10 and 1 (b) 1 and 0
Statement II: The ionic radius of Li  is larger than
(c) 10 and 0 (d) 1 and 10
ionic radius of Mg 2  .
48. Give below are two statements: one is labelled as
In the light of the above statements, choose the most Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R.
appropriate answer from the options given below: Assertion A: The energy required to form Mg2+ from
(JEE Main 2023) Mg is much higher than that required to produce
(a) Both Statement I and Statement II are incorrect Mg+.
(b) Statement I is correct but Statement II is incorrect Reason R: Mg2+ is small ion and carry more charge
(c) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is correct than Mg+ (JEE Main 2023)
(d) Both Statement I and Statement II are correct (a) A is false but R is true
42. What is the purpose of adding gypsum to cement? (b) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct
(JEE Main 2023) explanation of A
s-BLOCK 95

(c) A is true but R is false Reason (R): The excitation energy is high in BeCl 2
(d) Both A and R are true and R is the correct and MgCl2
explanation of A. In the light of the above statements, choose the
49. The correct order of metallic character is correct answer from the options given below :
(JEE Main 2023) (JEE Main 2023)
(a) Be  Ca  K (b) K  Be  Ca (a) (A) is false but (R) is true
(b) (A) is true but (R) is false
(c) Ca  K  Be (d) K  Ca  Be
(c) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct
50. Match List-I with List-II explanation of (A)
List I List II (d) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is NOT the
correct explanation of (A)
A. K I. Thermonuclear reactions 55. For a good quality cement, the ratio of silica to
alumina is found to be (JEE Main 2023)
B. KCl II. Fertilizer (a) 3 (b) 2
(c) 1.5 (d) 4.5
C. 56. Be(OH) 2 reacts with Sr(OH)2 to yield an ionic salt.
III. Sodium potassium pump
KOH Choose the incorrect option related to this reaction
from the following: (JEE Main 2023)
D. Li IV. Absorbent of CO2 (a) Both Sr and Be elements are present in the
ionic salt.
Choose the correct analyser from the options below: (b) The element Be is present in the cationic part of
(JEE Main 2023) the ionic salt.
(a) A-III, B-IV, C-II, D-I (c) The reaction is an example of acid - base
(b) A-III, B-II, C-IV, D-I neutralization reaction.
(c) A-IV B-I, C-III, D-II (d) Be is tetrahedrally coordinated in the ionic salt.
(d) A-IV B-III, C-I, D-II 57. Better method for preparation of BeF2 , among the
51. Alkali metal from the following with least melting following is (JEE Main 2023)

point is (JEE Main 2023) (a) BeH2  F2 
 BeF2
(a) Rb (b) K 
(b) BeO  C  F2 
 BeF2
(c) Na (d) Cs

52. The density of alkali metals is in the order (c) Be  F2 
 BeF2
(JEE Main 2023) Δ
(d)  NH 4 2 BeF4  BeF2
(a) Na  Rb  K  Cs
(b) K  Cs  Na  Rb 58. Identify the correct order of standard enthalpy of
formation of sodium halides. (JEE Main 2023)
(c) Na  K  Cs  Rb (a) NaCl  NaF  NaBr  NaI
(d) K  Na  Rb  Cs (b) NaF  NACl  NaBr  NaI
53. In the given reaction cycle (c) NaI  NaBr  NaF  NaCl
(d) NaI  NaBr  NaCl  NaF
59. On heating, LiNO3 gives how many compounds
among the following?
Li 2 O, N 2 O 2 , LiNO 2 , NO2 (JEE Main 2023)
X, Y and Z respectively are 60. The number of alkali metal(s), from Li,K, Cs, Rb
(JEE Main 2023) having ionization enthalpy greater than
(a) X  CaO; Y  NaCl  CO 2 ; Z  KCI 400 kJ mol1 and forming stable super oxide is
(b) X  CaO; Y  NaCl  CO 2 ; Z  NaCl (JEE Main 2023)
61. Mg  NO3 2  XH2O and Ba  NO3  2  YH2O ,
(c) X  CaCOO3 ; Y  NaCl; Z  HCl
represent formula of the crystalline forms of nitrate
(d) X  CaCO3 ; Y  NaCl; Z  KCI
salts. Sum of X and Y is (JEE Main 2023)
54. Given below are two statements: One is labelled as
Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R :
Assertion (A): BeCl 2 and MgCl2 produce
characteristic flame
s-BLOCK 96

EXERCISE - 3 : ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] 9. The metallic lustre exhibited by sodium is explained by
1. Gypsum is (a) diffusion of sodium ions
(b) oscillation of loose electrons
(a) MgSO 4 .7H 2 O (b) CuSO 4 .5H 2 O
(c) excitation of free protons
1 (d) existence of body centered cubic lattice
(c) CaSO 4 . H 2 O (d) CaSO 4 .2H 2 O
2 10. The species that do not contain peroxide ions, is
2. A solution of sodium metal in liquid ammonia is strongly (a) PbO2 (b) H2O2
reducing due to the presence of (c) SrO2 (d) BaO2
(a) sodium atoms (b) sodium hydride 11. The following compounds have been arranged in order
(c) sodium amide (d) solvated electrons of their increasing thermal stabilities. Identify the correct
order.
3. Molecular formula of Glauber's salt is
K2CO3(I), MgCO3 (II), CaCO3 (III), BeCO3 (IV)
(a) MgSO4.7H2O (b) CuSO4.5H2O
(a) I < II < III < IV (b) IV < II < III < I
(c) FeSO4.7H2O (d) Na2SO4.10H2O
(c) IV < II < I < III (d) II < IV < III < I
4. Highly pure dilute solution of sodium in liquid ammonia
12. Sodium nitrate decomposes above 800°C and does not
(a) shows blue colour give
(b) do not exhibit electrical conductivity (a) N2 (b) O2
(c) produces sodium amide (c) NO2 (d) Na2O
(d) produces hydrogen gas 13. Both lithium and magnesium display several similar
5. The electrolyte used in Castner’s process of sodium properties due to the diagonal relationship; however, the
one which is incorrect is
extraction is
(a) aqueous Na2CO3 (b) aqueous NaOH (a) Both form basic carbonates
(c) NaCl + CaCl2 (d) fused anhydrous NaOH (b) Both form soluble bicarbonates

6. The temporary hardness of water is due to calcium (c) Both form nitrides
bicarbonate can be removed by adding (d) nitrates of both Li and Mg yield NO2 and O2 on heating
(a) CaCO3 (b) Ca(OH)2 14. The set representing the correct order of ionic radius is
(c) CaCl2 (d) HCl (a) Li+ > Be2+ > Na+ > Mg2+
7. Calcium is obtained by (b) Na+ > Li+ > Mg2+ > Be2+
(a) electrolysis of molten CaCl2 (c) Li+ > Na+ > Mg2+ > Be2+
(b) electrolysis of solution of CaCl2 in water (d) Mg2+ > Be2+ > Li+ > Na+
(c) reduction of CaCl2 with carbon 15. Which of the following pairs of elements cannot form alloys?

(d) roasting of limestone (a) K, Cs (b) Cs, Rb

8. The hydration energy of Mg++ is larger than that of (c) Na, K (d) Li, Rb

(a) Al3+ (b) Na+ 16. The set representing the correct order of first ionisation
potential is
(c) Be++ (d) Mg3+
(a) K > Na > Li (b) Be > Mg > Ca
(c) B > C > N (d) Ge > Si > C
s-BLOCK 97

17. One mole of magnesium nitride on the reaction with an 25. Which of the following statement (s) is/are correct?
excess of water gives I. Sodium and potassium are found on same sides of cell.
(a) one mole of ammonia (b) one mole of nitric acid II. Sodium and potassium are present on opposite side of
(c) two moles of ammonia (d) two moles of nitric acid. cell.
18. Which of the following on thermal decomposition yields a III. Sodium is found in blood plasma and potassium is found
basic as well as an acidic oxide ? in RBC.
(a) KClO3 (b) CaCO3 IV. Sodium and potassium operates sodium-potassium
(c) NH4NO3 (d) NaNO3 pump across the membrane.
(a) I and III (b) II, III and IV
19. BeH2 can be prepared by
(c) III and IV (d) All of these are correct
(a) Reaction of beryllium with H2 gas
26. Choose the correct statements regarding the structure.
(b) Reaction of beryllium chloride with LiAlH4
(c) Reaction of BeCl2 with H2
(d) All of the above
20. Which of the following is correct regarding BeO? I. This structure is acceptable at vapour phase.

(a) BeO is essentially covalent in nature II. Above 1200 K it dissociates into linear polymer.
III. This structure is acceptable only at very low temperature.
(b) BeO has high value of enthalpy of formation
(a) I and III and are correct
(c) BeO is thermally very stable
(b) I and II are correct
(d) All the above are correct
(c) All are correct
21. Which of the following does not undergo
(d) No one is correct
disproportionation reaction?
27. Which of the following sequence of chemical reaction is
(a) Li2O (b) K2O
correct?
(c) Na2O (d) All of these
(a) Na  O2  HCl(aq)
 Na 2 O   NaCl
22. A solution of sodium sulphate in water is electrolysed
using inert electrodes. The products at cathode and
CO2   Na
anode are respectively   Na 2 CO3 
(a) H2 , O2 (b) O2 , H2 O2 H 2O
(b) Na    Na 2 O   NaOH
(c) O2 , Na (d) O2 , SO2
23. The pair of compounds which cannot exist together in CO2   Na
  Na 2 CO3 
solution is
(a) NaHCO3 and NaOH (b) Na2CO3 and NaHCO3 (c) Na  H 2 O  HCl  NaCl
 NaOH 
(c) Na2CO3 and NaOH (d) NaHCO3 and NaCl
CO2   Na
24. NO2 is obtained by heating   Na 2 CO3 

(a) CsNO3 (b) KNO3 CO2

(d) Na  H 2 O 
 NaOH   Na 2 CO3
(c) LiNO3 (d) NaNO3

Electrolysis
HCl NaCl 
  Na  Cl
mollten
s-BLOCK 98

Objective Questions II 36. How many is/are correct statement(s) regarding carbonates
of alkaline earth metals?
[One or more than one correct option]
I. They are thermally unstable
28. Which of the following substance(s) is/are used in laboratory
II. They are insoluble in water
for drying purpose ?
III. They cannot be precipitated by adding sodium or
(a) anhydrous P2O5 (b) graphite ammonium carbonate.
(c) anhydrous CaCl2 (d) Na3PO4 IV. Beryllium carbonate is thermally unstable.
29. The reagent(s) used for softening temporary hardness of Assertion Reason
water is(are)
(A) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and
(a) Ca3(PO4)2 (b) Ca(OH)2
Reason is the correct explanation of Assertion.
(c) Na2CO3 (d) NaOCl
(B) If both Assertion and Reason are true but
30. The pair(s) of reagents that yield paramagnetic species is/ Reason is not the correct explanation of
are
Assertion.
(a) Na and excess of NH3
(C) If Assertion is true but Reason is false.
(b) K and excess of O2
(D) If Assertion is false but Reason is true.
(c) Cu and dilute HNO3
37. Assertion (A) : In the solution of K in liquid NH3, blue
(d) O2 and 2-ethylanthraquinol colour appears.
Numerical Value Type Questions Reason (R) : K reacts with NH3 to form KNH2
31. How many of the following are less basic than KOH? (a) A (b) B
NaOH, RbOH, Mg (OH)2, Ca(OH)2, Be(OH)2, LiOH (c) C (d) D
32. How many of the following are amphoteric oxides? 38. Assertion (A) : Lithium is most reducing element.

Li2O, Na2O2, BeO, Al2O3, MgO, BaO2 Reason (R) : IP of lithium is minimum in the elements.
(a) A (b) B
33. Be reacts with air, how many products will be formed?
(c) C (d) D
34. Gypsum on heating about 120C forms a compound. What
is the mass of water (in gm) of crystallization in compound 39. Assertion (A) : Na2O2 is coloured and paramagnetic
obtained? Reason (R) : Na2O2 is not a superoxide
35. How many statement (s) is/are correct regarding alkali metal (a) A (b) B
halides? (c) C (d) D
I. They possess high melting point and are crystalline in 40. Assertion (A) : Beryllium is most reducing s-block element
nature. Reason (R) : Hydration energy of Be is greater than its I.P.
II. They are prepared by reaction of appropriate oxides (a) A (b) B
with aqueous hydrohalic acid.
(c) C (d) D
III. They are prepared by reaction of carbonates with
41. Assertion (A) : Halides of Be dissolve in organic solvents
aqueous hydrohalic acid
Reason (R) : Atomic size of Be is smallest in the s-block
IV. They have high negative enthalpy of formation. elements.
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
s-BLOCK 99

Match the Following (a) A  p; B  s; C  q; D  t

Each question has two columns. Four options are (b) A  p; B  q; C  r; D  s
given representing matching of elements from
(c) A  r; B  p; C  q; D  t
Column-I and Column-II. Only one of these four
options corresponds to a correct matching. For (d) A  s; B  t; C  q; D  p
each question, choose the option corresponding
45. Match the Column I and Column II and choose the correct
to the correct matching
option from the codes give below.
42. Match the Column I and Column II according to element
and their characteristics colours, appears in flame test and Column-I Column-II
select the correct option from the codes given below. (A) Potassium (p) Soft soap
Column-I Column-II
(B) Potassium chloride (q) Fertilizer
(A) Ca (p) Apple green
(C) Potassium hydroxide (r) Photoelectric cells
(B) Sr (q) Crimson
(C) Ba (r) Brick red (D) Cesium (s) Biological nerve impulse
conduction
(a) A  p; B  q C  r
(b) A  r; B  p; C  q (a) A  s; B  q; C  p; D  r

(c) A  r; B  q; C  p (b) A  r; B  p; C  q; D  s
(d) A  p; B  r; C  q (c) A  q; B  r; C  p; D  s
43. Match the Column I and Column II and choose the correct (d) A  s; B  q; C  r; D  p
option from the codes give below.
46. Match the Column I and Column II and choose the correct
Column-I Column-II option from the codes given below.
(A) Quick lime (p) Ca(OH)2
Column-I Column-II
(B) Slaked lime (q) CaO
(A) Cu-Be alloy (p) High strength spring
(C) Bleaching powder (r) Ca(OCl)2
(B) Magnesium ribbon (q) Used as antacid in
1 medicine
(D) Plaster of Paris (s) CaSO 4 . H 2 O
2
(C) Milk of magnesia (r) Toothpaste
(a) A  p; B  q; C  r; D  s
(D) Magnesium (s) Bulbs
(b) A  r; B  r; C  q; D  p
carbonate
(c) A  q; B  p; C  r; D  s
(d) A  q; B  p; C  s; D  r (a) A  s; B  q; C  r; D  p
44. Match the column I with Column II and choose the correct (b) A  s; B  r; C  q; D  p
option from the codes given below. (c) A  p; B  s; C  q; D  r
Column-I Column-II (d) A  p; B  q; C  s; D  r
(A) Sodium (p) Present in biological
fluid
(B) Beryllium (q) Radioactive element
(C) Francium (r) Lower abundance
(D) Calcium (s) Alkali metals
(t) Alkaline earth metal
s-BLOCK 100

47. Match the elements present in Column I and uses of alloy Paragraph Type Question
formed by those elements is column II and choose the Use the following passage, solve Q.48 to Q.50
correct option from the codes given below.
Passage
Column-I Column-II
(A) Li+Pb (p) Thermonuclear reaction
(B) Li+Al (q) Bearing for motor
engines
(C) Li+Mg (r) Aircraft parts
48. A & B are
(s) Armour plates
(a) BeO & Be3N2 (b) BeO & BeO2
(a) A  p; B  q; C  s
(c) BeO + Be(OH)2 (d) Be3N2& Be(OH)2
(b) A  p; B  s; C  r
49. C & D are
(c) A  q; B  r; C  s
(a) NH3 + Be(OH)2 (b) Be(OH)2 + NH3
(d) A  s; B  r; C  p
(c) NH3& HNO3 (d) Be(OH)2 + BeO2
50. ‘E’ is
(a) NH4OH (b) NH4Cl
(c) NH4OH & NH4Cl (d) BeCl2
s-BLOCK 101

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] (c) produces sodium amide
1. The following compounds have been arranged in order of (d) produces hydrogen gas.
their increasing thermal stabilities. Identify the correct order. 8. The compound (s) formed upon combustion of sodium
metal in excess air is (are) (2009)
K 2 CO3 , MgCO3 , CaCO3 , BeCO 3
(I) ( II) (III) (1996) (a) Na2O2 (b) Na2O
(IV)
(c) NaO2 (d) NaOH
(a) I < II < III < IV (b) IV < II < III < I
9. The reagent(s) used for softening the temporary hardness
(c) IV < II < I < II (d) II < IV < III < I
of water is(are) (2010)
2. The set representing the correct order of first ionization
(a) Ca3(PO4)2 (b) Ca(OH)2
potential is (2001)
(c) Na2CO3 (d) NaOCl
(a) K > Na > Li (b) Be > Mg > Ca
(c) B > C > N (d) Ge > Si > C Assertion Reason
3. A sodium salt on treatment with MgCl 2 gives white (A) If both Assertion and Reason are correct and
precipitate only on heating. The anion of the sodium salt reason is the correct explanation of Assertion.
is (2004)
(B) If both Assertion and Reason are true but
(a) HCO3 (b) CO32 reason is not the correct explanation of
Assertion.
(c) NO3 (d) SO24
(C) If Assertion is true but Reason is false.
4. MgSO4 on reaction with NH4OH and Na2HPO4 forms a
white crystalline precipitate. What is its formula ?
(D) If Assertion is false but Reason is true.
(2006) 10. Assertion (A) : Alkali metals dissolve in liquid ammonia
to give blue solution because
(a) Mg(NH4)PO4 (b) Mg3(PO4)2
Reason (R) : Alkali metals is liquid ammonia give solvated
(c) MgCl 2.MgSO4 (d) MgSO4
species of the type [M(NH 3 ) n ] (M = alkali metals).
5. Whichh of the following liberates O2 upon hydrolysis?
(2007)
(2020)
(a) A (b) B
(a) Pb3O4 (b) KO2
(c) C (d) D
(c) Na2O2 (d) Li2O2
11. LIST-I contains compounds and LIST-II contains
reactions (2022)
Objective Questions II LIST-I LIST-II
(I) H2O2 (P) Mg(HCO3)2 + Ca(OH)2 
[One or more than one correct option]
(II) Mg(OH)2 (Q) BaO2 + H2SO4 
6. The species that do not contain peroxide ions are
(III) BaCl2 (R) Ca(OH)2 + MgCl2 
(1992) (IV) CaCO3 (S) BaO2 + HCl 
(a) PbO2 (b) H2O2 (T) Ca(HCO3)2 + Ca(OH) 2 
(c) SrO2 (d) BaO2 Match each compound in LIST-I with its formation
reaction(s) in LIST-II, and choose the correct option
7. Highly pure dilute solution of sodium in liquid ammonia
(a) I  Q; II  P; III  S; IV  R
(1998)
(b) I  T; II  P; III  Q; IV  R
(a) shows blue colour
(c) I  T; II  R; III  Q; IV  P
(b) exhibits electrical conductivity (d) I  Q; II  R; III  S; IV  P
s-BLOCK 102

Note:

Find Answer Key and Detailed Solutions at the end of this book

s-BLOCK

Please share your valuable feedback by

scanning the QR code.
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
 Chapter 15 104

ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY

1. INTRODUCTION water or land). It can affect human, animal and plant life as well as
materials. Pollution may be natural or man made. It can be classified
Environmental studies deal with the sum of all social, economical, according to the components of environment being damaged.
biological, physical and chemical interrelations with our These are :
surroundings. In this unit the focus will be on environmental
(i) Air pollution
chemistry.The branch of science which deals with the chemical
phenomena occurring in the environment is called as environmental (ii) Water pollution
chemistry. (iii) Soil (land) pollution
The environment means surroundings. It has four following 2.1 Environmental Pollutant
component:
When the concentration of a substance already present in nature
1.1 Atmosphere or of a new substance increases to undesirable proportions
1.1.1 Function of the Atmosphere . POLLUTANTS causing danger to human beings, other animals or vegetation and
other materials, the substance is treated as a pollutant. The
(i) It contain all the gases which are essential for the life on the
pollutants spoil the environment and are harmful to living
earth.
organisms and other materials. The common pollutants are :
(ii) It is a carrier of water vapour which are needed for all life.
(i) gases like carbon monoxide, sulphur dioxide, oxides of
(iii) O3 is present in it which absorbs harmful U.V. radiations. nitrogen, etc.
(iv) It maintain heat balance of the earth by absorbing infrared (ii) compounds of metals like lead, mercury, zinc, cadmium,
radiation coming from the sun and remitted from the earth. arsenic, etc.
1.1.2 Regions (or Structure) of the Atmosphere . (iii) pollen grains, dust
It has four region. These regions are defined by the temperature. (iv) pesticides and detergents
(v) sewage and
(vi) radioactive substances
2.1.1 Primary and secondary pollutants
(i) Primary pollutants : Those which after their formation enter
the environment and remain as such. ex. : NO, NO2 , SO2.
(ii) Secondary pollutants : The harmful material which are formed
1.2 Hydrosphere (75% of Earth) by chemical reaction between primary pollutants in the
atmosphere. ex.
The part which contain water in the form of sea, oceans, reivers,
lakes, ponds. Hydrocarbon  Oxide of nitrogen 
hv
 compound
1.3 Lithosphere 2.1.2 Bio degradable and Non bio degradable pollutants
It is solid component of the earth consisting of soil, rocks, (i) Bio-degradable pollutants : The materials (such as cow
mountains. dungs) which are easily decomposed by the micro-organism.
1.4 Biosphere Thus are not harmful, but in the excess in environment, they
It is the part of the lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere. do not undergo degradation completing and thus become
Where living organism interact with these parts and lived together. pollutant.
(ii) Non-biodegradable pollutants : The material (such as Hg,
2. ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION Al, DDT) which do not undergo degradation (or degrade
Environmental pollution is an undesirable change in physical, very slowly) but their presence even in very small amount in
chemical or biological characteristics of our surroundings (air, the environment is very harmful. They may react with other

SCAN CODE
Environmental Chemistry
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 105
compounds present in the environment and produce more the radiations. The rest is re-radiated as infrared radiation from
toxic compound. the earth’s surface. In polluted air, molecules of CO2 , CH4 , CFCs,
N2O, O3 and water vapours are present. These gases can absorb
3. ATMOSHPERIC POLLUTION infrared radiations but cannot absorb the ultra violet radiations.
Energy of these trapped radiations raise the temperature of earth
Atmospheric pollution is generally studied as tropospheric and
and its atmosphere. Thus if proportion of green house gases
stratospheric pollution. The presence of ozone in the stratosphere
increases in the atmosphere heat trapped by them will raise the
prevents about 99.5 per cent of the sun’s harmful ultraviolet (UV)
temperature of the earth and will cause global warming. Greenhouse
radiations from reaching the earth’s surface and thereby protecting
effect leading to global warming shall have severe effects on
humans and other animals from its effect.
rainfall, sea level, plant and animal growth.
3.1 Tropospheric pollution
3.2.1 Harmful Effect of Global Warming
The tropospheric pollution occurs because of the presence of (i) Rise in sea level: Polar ice caps would melt because of rise
undesirable solid or gaseous particles in air. The pollutants may in temperature and add more water to sea. Moreover water
be broadly classified into two major types : expands when it heats up. This will lead to rise of sea level.
1. Gaseous air pollutants : These include oxides of sulphur, It will flood the low lying coastal area and many cities will
nitrogen and carbon, hydrogen sulphide, hydrocarbons, get submerged in water.
ozone and other oxidants. (ii) Drought: warming will result in 10% decrease in precipitation
2. Particulate pollutants : These are dust, fumes, mist, spray, (rain fall) and this will decrease rain fall causing drought
smoke etc. conditions.
Major Air Pollutants their Sources and Effects (iii) Effect on plant and animals: Drought will reduce
Major Pollutants Sources Effects photosynthesis in plants and lead to reduced growth of
of Air plants.Warmer conditions will encourage growth of pests.
SO2 Vehicular Irritation to the eyes, (iv) Increase in CO2 : Warmer conditions accelerate microbial
combustion, fossil acid rain premature degradation of organic matter and add more CO2.
fuel burning falling of leaves
3.3 Acid Rain
CO and CO2 Vehicular Global warming, Acid rain containg H2SO4, HNO3 (and small amount of HCl) which
combustion and green house effect, are formed from the oxide S and N2 present in the air is called as
burning of fuels and CO has great affanity acid rain. The pH of acid rain is 4-5.
hydrocarbons for haemoglobin and
forms the carboxy 3.3.1 Foramtion of Acid Rain
haemoglobin Formation of acid rain : The oxide of nitrogen undergo oxidation
Smoke, fly ash Thermal power Respiratory diseases reaction. The reaction with the water vapour present in the
and soot station atmosphere to form HNO3.
Lead and mercury Auto exhaust from Affects the nervous
Step (I) :
gasoline, paints, system and
strorage batteries, circulatory system NO  O3 
hv
 NO 2  O 2
fossil fuel burning causing nerve and
NO 2  O3 
hv
 NO3  O 2
brain damage
CFCs Refrigerants and Kidney damage and NO 2  NO3 
hv
 N 2 O5
aerosol ozone deplection N 2 O5  H 2 O 
hv
 2HNO3

3.2 Global Warming and Greenhouse Effect HNO3 come down with rain to earths.
Step (II) :
Gases such as CO2 , NO2, CFCs (chloro fluorocarbons) allow sun
rays to pass through them but then absorb and reradiate the heat The SO3 reacts with water vapour and formed H2SO4.
back towards the earth. These are therefore termed as green house 2SO 2  O 2 
 2SO3
gases.
The HNO3 and H2SO4 combine with HCl present in the air to
Radiations (ultra violet) from the sun penetrate the earth’s produce acidic precipitation which is called as acid rain.
atmosphere and reach earth. The surface of earth partially absorbs
In acid rain H2SO4 = 60 - 70%

SCAN CODE
Environmental Chemistry
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 106
HNO3 = 30 - 40 % (ii) Smoke denotes very small soot particles produced by
HCl = Very small amount burning and combustion of organic matter. Oil smoke,
tobacco smoke and carbon smoke are typical examples of
NOTE this type of particulate emission.
The normal rain water has a pH about 5.6 due to dissolution of (iii) Fumes are condenses vapours : fumes of metals are the well-
CO2 in water. known particulates of this type. Examples of this category
also include metallurgical fumes and alkali fumes.
CO 2  H 2 O  H 2 CO 3  2H   CO32
(iv) Dust consists of the particles produced during crushing,
When pH of rain water become less than 5.6 it will be acidic. grinding and attribution of solid materials. Non-viable dust
3.3.2 Harmfull effect of acid-rain particulates in the atmosphere consist of ground limestone,
(i) It damage to building and status which contain marble, lime sand tailings from floatation, pulverised coal, cement, fly
stone, state, mortar etc. ash and silica dust.
The effects of particulate pollutants depend upon the size of the
CaCO 3  H 2SO 4 
 CaSO 4  H 2 O  CO 2
particles. The coarser particles of size more than 5 microns are
(ii) It damage iron and steel structure. likely to lodge in the nasal passages whereas the smaller ones are
(iii) It corrodes water pipe, so heavy metal (like Fe, Pb, Cu) are more likely to penetrate into the lungs. The rate of penetration is
mixed with water which have toxic effect. inversely proportional to the size of the particles. Some of these
(iv) The acid rain increase the acidity of the lake. Which is particles are carcinogens. Continuous inhaling of these small
harfmful to fishes. particles for long periods of time irritates the lungs and causes
(v) It damage the trees, plants and retards the grwth of the plant. ‘scarring’ or ‘fibrosis’ of the lung lining. This type of disease is
very common in industrial settings and is known as
NOTE “pneumoconiosis”.
Acid rain reacts with marble, CaCO3 of Taj Mahal 3.5 Smog
(CaCO3 +H2SO4  CaSO4 + H2O + CO2) causing damage to this Smog is a mixture of smoke, dust particles and small drops of fog.
wonderful monument that has attracted people from around It is a major air pollutant in big cities.Smog is of two types :
the world. As a result, the monument is being slowly disfigured
and the marble is getting discoloured and lustreless. 3.5.1 Classical Smog
3.4 Particulates Pollutants This type of smog is formed by the combination of smoke, dust and
The small sized solid particles and liquid droplets which range in fog containing sulphur dioxide from polluted air. This is also called
chemical smog. Chemically, it is a reducing mixture so it is also called
size from 2 × 10–10 m (0.0002 m) to 5 × 10–4 m are collectively
reducing smog.
called as particulates. These particles are usually individually not
visible to the naked eye. However, small particles often collectively 3.5.2 Photochemcial Smog
form a haze that restricts the visibility. The common particulates This type of smog is formed by the combination of smoke, dust
are smoke, mists, fumes, dust etc. and fog with an air pollutant in the atmosphere as a result of
The particulates in the atmosphere may be viable or non-viable. photochemical reaction.
The viable particulates are the small living organisms which are The chemistry of formation of photochemical smog centres
dispersed in the atmosphere. These includes bacteria, moulds, around nitric oxide (NO). The formation of photochemical smog
fungi, algae, etc. Some of these viable particulates cause allergic can be understood by the following steps :
reactions on human beings. Fungi can also cause plant diseases. (i) During the early morning before the sun rise, the automobile
Non-viable particulates are formed either by the breakdown of exhaust emits CO, hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen. The NO
large materials or by the condensation of minute particles and reacts with oxygen to produce NO2, a yellowish brown gas.
droplets.
(ii) As the sun rises, ultra-violet and visible radiations fall on
There are four types of non-viable particulates in the atmosphere: the earth. The ultra-violet rays convert NO2 back to NO and
(i) Mists are produced by particles of spray liquids and the produce highly reactive atoms of oxygen.
condensation of vapours in air. Examples are portions of
herbicides and insecticides that miss their targets and travel
through the air to form mists.

SCAN CODE
Environmental Chemistry
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 107

Some of these oxygen atoms combine with O2 in the air to produce

ozone gas.

It is thermodynamically unstable and decomposes into molecular

Ozone reacts with NO to form NO2 and O2 oxygen. It has the important photochemical property of absorbing
solar radiation between the wavelength of 200 nm and 300 nm.

NO2 again absorbs u.v. radiations and the entire cycle starts again. The reactive atomic oxygen formed in the above reaction
Both NO2 and O3 are strong oxidizing agents and can react with recombines with molecular oxygen to form ozone. This completes
unburnt hydrocarbons (from exhaust of automobiles) to form organic the ozone cycle.
free radicals. The formation of organic free radicals results into a Thus, a dynamic equilibrium exists between the production and
number of chain reactions producing many undesirable compounds decomposition of ozone molecules.
(such as formaldehyde, acrolein, organic peroxides, organic
The thick layer of ozone is called ozone blanket because it is very
hydroperoxides, peroxyacyl nitrates etc.) which constitute
effective in absorbing harmful ultra violet rays given out by the
photochemical smog. It also includes H2O2. The brownish haze of sun. Therefore, the ozone layer is also known as protective shield.
photochemical smog is largely due to brown colour of NO2. Recently in 1980, scientists have observed a hole in the ozone
blanket covering the upper atmosphere around Antarctica. Recent
observations have also shown that the ozone layer diminishes over
the south pole in spring during August-September to a greater
Acrolein and peroxyacetylnitrate (PAN) are very noxious
extent year after year. This depletion of the protective blanket of
substances.
ozone will cause a damaging effect because harmful ultra-violet
rays can reach earth through this hole. The increased level of ultra-
violet rays will result in damage to plants, animals, human beings
and even matter posing great threat to ecosystem over the globe.
Thus, the depletion of ozone layer is a serious threat to mankind.
3.5.3 Effects of Photochemcial Smog The depletion of ozone may be due to some natural processes or
industrial activities.
(i) It can cause coughing, wheezing bronchial constriction and
Peroxyaetyl nitrates and aldehydes found in smog are eye The main cause of depletion of ozone layer is its reaction with
irritants. chlorofluorocarbons. Unlike other chemicals, chlorofluorocarbons
are not removed from the atmosphere by usual scavenging
(ii) Materials are also adversely affected by some smog
processes like photo dissociation, oxidation, rainfall, etc. As a
components.
result they move to stratosphere by random diffusion. Then these
(iii) Smog also affects to cause damage to vegetation and are destroyed by photolysis and release atomic chlorine. This
reduction in plant growth and crop productivity. released Cl atoms cause a catalytic chemical reaction and cause
(iv) PAN has the highest toxicity to plants, attacking younger significant depletion of stratospheric ozone layer.
leaves and causing 'bronzing' and 'glazing' of their surfaces.
3.5.4 Control of Photochemical Smog
The free radical, Cl• reacts with O3 through a chain reaction
Installation of efficient catalytic converters in the automobiles is
the most straightforward way of reducing smog formation as it
prevents the release of nitrogen oxides and hydrocarbons to the
atmosphere.
These chlorine atoms are free to react with more ozone. As a
4. DEPLETION OF OZONE LAYER result, many O3 molecules can be destroyed for each chlorine
atom produced. It has been shown that over one thousand ozone
Ozone is an important constituent of the stratosphere at altitudes molecules can be destroyed by one Cl.
between 15 and 25 km. It is formed in the atmosphere by the
decomposition of oxygen by ultra-violet radiation from the sun The net result of these reactions is destruction of several
having wavelength shorter than 260 nm. molecules of O3 for each Cl atom produced.

SCAN CODE
Environmental Chemistry
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 108
form of the phosphate anion PO43–, encourages the formation
5. WATER POLLUTION
of algae, which reduces the dissolved oxygen concentration
The quality of drinking water is very important for human welfare. of water. The process, known as eutrophication, impedes
The pollution of water by sewage has been linked to the spread of the development of higher life forms, such as fish.
diseases such as cholera and typhoid fever. Table lists the major (iii) Acid-polluted water (pH < 3) : Water downstream from a
water pollutants, their sources and effects: mine may be contaminated by acid mine drainage, the result
In addition, industrial wastes also contaminate water: of microbial oxidation of discarded waste material at the mine
(i) Heavy Metals : Metals such as Cd, Pb and Hg may be present site. Acid mine water principally contain sulphuric acid
in industrial or mining waste. Cadmium and mercury can cause produced by the oxidation of iron pyrites (FeS2). Industrial
kidneys, liver brain and central nervous system. wastes and acid rain may also contribute to the acidity of
natural waters.
(ii) Detergents and Fertilizers : These may contain phosphates
as additives. The addition of phosphours to water, in the

Major Water Pollutants their Sources and Effects

Pollutant Sources of Pollutants Effects and Significance

Pathogens Sewage, human and animal wastes, natural Depletion of dissolved oxygen in water (foul
and urban runoff from land, industrial waste odour) health effects (outbreaks of water
born diseases)
Organic pollutants Automobile and machine waste, tanker Disruption of marine life, aesthetic damage
spills, offshore oil leakage Chemicals used Toxic effects (Harmful for aquatic life),
 Oil and grease for better yield from agriculture
 Pesticides and weedicides possible genetic defects and cancer ; kills
fish Eutrophication, aesthetics
 Plastics
 Detergents
Inorganic pollutants Fertilizers Algal bloom and eutrophication, nitrates
Agricultural runoff
(phosphates and nitrates) cause methemoglobenemia

Acids and alkalies Mine drainage, industrial wastes, natural Kill fresh water organisms, unfit for drinking,
and urban runoff irrigation and industrial use.

Natural sources, uranium mining and Cancer and genetic defects

Radioactive materials
processing, hospitals and research
laboratories using radioisotopes

Heat Cooling water for industrial, nuclear and Decreases solubility of oxyegn in water,
thermal plants disrupts aquatic ecosystems

Sediments Natural erosion, runoff from agricultual land Affects water quality, reduces fish
and construction sites population

(iv) Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) : These chemicals are Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) : The polluted water may
relatively recent additions to the list of contaminants of water. contain large amounts of inorganic and organic compounds. Some
Having high stabilities, PCBs find many applications, for of these can be oxidised by dissolved oxygen in the presence of
example they are used as fluids in transformer capacitors. microorganisms. Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) is a measure
PCBs are resistant to oxidation and their release into the of the dissolved oxygen that would be needed by the
environment causes skin disorders in humans. They are microorganisms to oxidise these compounds. BOD, therefore, is a
reported to be carcinogenic. measure of the contamination caused by the totality of those
compounds which can be oxidised in the presence of

SCAN CODE
Environmental Chemistry
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 109
microorganisms. They, therefore, don;t contribute to the BOD, pesticide poisons many more organisms than those intended.
tough their presence makes water unfit for consumption. The Some of these poison pass through food chains and eventually
BOD is taken as a realistic measure of water quality 'clean water' reach harmful proportions. Solid wastes are another cause of soil
would have a BOD value of less than 5 ppm whereas highly (land) pollution.
polluted river water could have a BOD value of 17 ppm or more. 6.1 Sources of pollution
5.1 International Standards for Drinking Water 1. Industrial waste: Industrial wastes are the major cause of
The quality of water is of vital concern for mankind since it is soil pollution because the wastes are toxic due to presence
directly linked with human welfare. There are some international of cyanides, chromates, acids, alkalies, metal like nickel,
standars for drinking water, which must always be obeyed if water cadmium, mercury and lead. Some industries like paper
is to be used for drinking purposes. These are : industries Sugar and textile mills, chemical industries &
Fluoride : Soluble fluoride is often added to drinking water to cement industries are also responsible for soil pollution. The
bring it up to a concentration of 1 ppm or 1 mg dm–3. This wastes of these industries are not bio-degradable.
concentration is within agreed safety limits and has been shown 2. Urban and domestic waste: The urban and domestic wastes
to protect teeth against decay. High concentrations of fluoride referred as soil refuse, containing garbage, and rubbish, paper
are poisonous and are harmful to bone and teeth at levels over 10 pieces, glass, plastics polythene bags, cans detergents and
ppm (mg dm–3). cakes. These substances emit.Toxic gases, hydrocarbons
Lead : The limit for the concentration of lead ions in drinking and pathogenic microbes cause to disease.
water is 50 ppb (g dm–3). If water is relatively acidic and lead pipes 3. Agricultural chemicals: The fertilizers, pesticides,
are used for water transport, then the water is liable to get herbicides insecticides and fungicides are commonly used
contaminated with lead. to save and increase the yield of crops but they have polluted
pH : The pH of drinking water should be between 5.5 and 9.5. A the soil. Some time the entry of these chemicals in food chain
decrease in the pH of the water increases the solubility of metal has cause to adverse effects on health of consumers.
ions. 4. Fertilizers: The fertilizers increase the yield crop it has no
Sulphate : Sulphate is harmless at moderate levles, but excessive doubt but the excessive use has adverse effects. It disturb
sulphate (> 500 ppm) is thought to have a laxative effect. the pH of soil, ionic balance and the presence of certain
elements. So they have a number of health hazards. The
Nitrate : Excess nitrate in drinking water can lead to
nitrites cause to cancer in human body.
methemoglobinemia (blue-baby syndrome). It also may be linked
to stomach cancer, although this link has not been proved. A 5. Pesticides: The chemicals are used to kill or to stop the
maximum limit of 50 ppm for the nitrate ion in drinking water has growth of unwanted organisms and entry of these chemicals
been set. into food and water cause effect on the health of consumers.

Other Metals : The maximum recommended levels of common 6. Insecticides: Some chemicals like DDT, BHC, aldrin, dieldrin
metals in drinking water are as follows: are used to kill the insects, the use of DDT is banned by the
government because it is not biodegradable. Some bio
Maximum Prescribed Concentration of Some
degradable organ phosphates, carbonates may be used in
Metals in Drinking Water
place of insecticides.
Metal Maximum concentration
(ppm or mg dm-3) 7. Herbicides: The compounds used to control the growth of
weeds, some inorganic compounds like sodium chlorate and
Fe 0.2
sodium arsenite (Na 3AsO 3) were commonly used as
Mn 0.05 herbicids. These one toxic in nature. So Now-a-days organic
Al 0.2 herbicide Triazines are preferred.
Cu 3.0 8. Fungicides: Fungicides are used to chock the growth of
Zn 5.0 fungi. Organic compounds of mercury have been used as
Cd 0.005 fungicides. Many people in Iraq resulted to death due to
eating breads made from grains that been treated with methyl
6. SOIL POLLUTION mercury fungicide.

Most of the land pollution is caused by pesticides and other

chemicals which are added to the soil grow better crops. Often, a

SCAN CODE
Environmental Chemistry
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 110
6.2 Control of soil Pollutions Therefore, all domestic wastes should be properly collected and
The following steps have been suggested to control the soil disposed. The poor management causes health problems leading
pollutioins: to epidemics due to contamination of ground water.
(i) The use of chemical fertilizers can be reduced by applying 8. GREEN CHEMISTRY
bio-fertilizers and manures.
“Green chemistry is the design of chemical products and processes
(ii) Re cycling and recovery of materials appears to be a
that reduce or eliminate the use and generation of hazardous
reasonable solution for reducing soil pollutions. Materials
substances.” Green chemistry is environment friendly, linking the
like papers, gas and some kinds of plastics can be recycled.
design of chemical products and processes with their impacts on
(iii) Control of land loss can be attempted through restoring human health and the environment.
forests and grass cover to check soil erosion and flood.
8.1 Principles of Green Chemistry
(iv) Proper methods should be adopted for the disposal of solid
(i) The use of starting materials, reagents and solvents which
wastes.
are less hazardous to man and his environment.
7. STRATEGIES TO CONTROL ENVIRONMENTAL (ii) More efficient use of raw materials.
POLLUTION (iii) Utilisation of chemical reactions which completely
7.1 Waste Management incorporate the starting materials in to final products and
The production and improper disposal of waste are causes for a last amount of by product.
great deal of environmental pollution. In addition to the household (iv) Search new alternatives which are environmental friendly.
waste which included sewage and municipal garbage, many toxic (v) It is better to prevent the waste than to treat or cleanup the
industrial wastes from manufacturing processes require treatment waste after it has been created.
and/or safe disposal.
8.2 Achievements of Green Chemistry
Under the mission ‘Swachh Bharat Abhiyan’ or ‘Clean India
(i) Dry Cleaning of Clothes: Hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) gives
Mission’ launched by the Government of India.Two programmes
better results and not harmful for bleaching of clothes in the
are being implemented under this programme :
laundary instead of tetrachloroethene (Cl2C=CCl2). This
(i) Swachh Bharat Mission–Urban (SBM–U): Primarily aims is compound is suspected to be carcinogenic and contiminated
making Urban India free from open defecation and achieving the ground water.
100% scientific management of solid waste in the country.
(ii) Bleaching of Paper: Hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) is used with
(ii) Swachh Bharat Mission Gramin (SBM–G): Its targets to catalyst for bleaching papers, instead of toxic chlorine gas.
bring about an improvement in the general quality of life in
(iii) Synthesis of Chemicals: Ethanal (CH 3CHO) is now
rural areas by promoting cleanliness and hygiene, and
commercially prepared by one step oxidation of ethene in
eliminating open defecation.
the presence of ionic catalyst in aqueous medium with a
7.2 Collection and Disposal yield of 90%.
Domestic wastes are collected in small bins, then transferred the
CH 2  CH 2  O 2  Catalyst
Pd  II  / Cu  II  in water 
 CH 3 CHO  90% 
waste to community bins. From these community bins, these are
collected and carried to the disposable site. At the site, garbage is (iv) ‘Green Solution’ to Clean Turbid Water: Powder of kernel
sorted out and separated into biodegradable and non- of tamarind seeds has been found to be an effective material
biodegradable materials. Biodegradable wastes are deposited in to clean municipal and industrial waste water. It is non-toxic,
land fills and are converted into compost. Non-biodegradable biodegradable and costeffective material. The present
materials such as plastic, metals, glass, etc. are sent for recycling. practice is to use alum to treat such water. It has been found
The waste if not collected in garbage bins, finds its way into the that alum increases toxic ions in treated water and can cause
sewers. Some of it is eaten by cattle. Non-biodegradable wastes diseases.
like polythene bag, glass, metal scraps, etc. choke the sewers and
cause inconvenience.

SCAN CODE
Environmental Chemistry
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 111

SUMMARY
 Environmental pollution: It is the effect of undesirable  Smog: Smoke is a mixture of smoke, dust particles and small
changes in our surroundings that have harmful effects on drops of fog.
plants, animals and human beings.
 Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD): The amount of
 Major Environmental Pollutions are : oxygen required by bacteria to break down the organic matter
present in a certain volume of a sample of water.
(i) Air pollution
 Eutrophication: The process in which nutrient enriched
(ii) Water pollution water bodies support a dense plant population, which kills
(iii) Soil pollution animal life by depriving it of oxygen and results in
subsequent loss of biodiversity.
 Green house effect: About 75% of the solar energy reaching
Earth is absorbed by the Earth’s surface, which increases  Pesticides: These are organic compounds which are used
its temperature. The rest of the heat radiates back to the to protect plants from pests.
atmosphere. Some of the heat is trapped by gases such as  Herbicides: They are used to kill weeds or undesirable
carbon dioxide, methane, ozone, chlorofluorocarbon vegetation. Examples: sodium chlorate (NaClO3) and sodium
compounds (CFCs) and water vapour in the atmosphere. arsinite (Na3AsO3).
Thus, they add to heating of the atmosphere. This causes
global warming.  Green chemistry: Green chemistry is a strategy to design
chemical processes and products which reduces or
 Global warming: An increase in the average temperature of eliminates the use and generation of hazardous substances.
the Earth’s atmosphere (especially a sustained increase that The chemical reactions should be such that the reactants
causes climatic changes) which may be caused by additional are fully converted into useful environmental friendly
heat being trapped by the greenhouse gases. products by using an environment friendly medium so that
no chemical pollutants introduced in the environment.

SCAN CODE
Environmental Chemistry
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 112

EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Environmental Pollution 7. Which of the following are the examples of non bio-
degradable pollutants?
1. Which of the following interrelation with our
surroundings are included in environmental studies? I. DDT

(a) Physical and chemical only II. Nuclear waste

(b) Chemical and economical only III. Plastic materials

(c) Chemical and social Select the correct options

(d) All of the above (a) I and II (b) II and III

2. Pollutant can be found in the form of : (c) I, II and III (d) I and III

I. Solid 8. Match the Column I with Column II and choose the correct
option from the codes given below :
II. Liquid Column- I Column - II
III. Gas A.Biodegradable 1. Nuclear wastes
pollutant(s)
The correct option(s) is/are 2. Plastic
(a) I and II (b) II and III B. Non-Biodegradable 3. Discarded vegetables
(c) I, II and III (d) I and III pollutant(s)
4. DDT
3. Presence of which fuel gas in the exhaust fumes shows
incomplete combustion of fuel Codes :

(a) Sulphur dioxide A B

(b) Carbon monoxide and water vapour (a) 1.2 3,4

(c) Carbon monoxide (b) 1,2,3 4

(d) Nitrogen dioxide. (c) 3 1,2,4

4. The ozone layer is present in (d) 1,2,4 3

(a) Stratosphere (b) Troposphere Atmosphere Pollution

(c) Thermosphere (d) Mesosphere 9. There are concentric layers of air regions around earth
and each layer has….A. Here, A refers to
5. An average human being requires nearby…A… times more
air than the food. (a) Same density
Here, A refers to (b) Different density
(a) 2-4 (b) 200-400 (c) Sometime (a) and sometimes(b)
(c) 12-15 (d) None of these (d) None of the above
6. Pollutants which are slowly degradable and remain in the 10. Which of the following is the correct height for troposphere
environment in an unchanged form many decades, termed from sea level?
as :
(a) ~10 km (b) ~ 50 km
(a) Biodegradable pollutants
(c) ~ 100 km (d) ~ 1 km
(b) Non-Biodegradable pollutants
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of the above
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 113
11. Which of the following are major gaseous pollutants 17. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true about
present in the troposphere?
carbon monoxide?
I. H2S
II. Oxides of sulphur, nitrogen and carbon (a) It is a colourless gas

III. O3 (b) It is an odorless gas

(a) I and II (b) I, II, III (c) It is highly poisonous

(c) III (d) II, III (d) All of these

12. SO2 gas is poisonous to : 18. What is true about CO gas?
(a) Animals (b) Plants (a) It binds to haemoglobin to form stable compound
(c) Both (a) and (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b)
(b) It is carcinogenic in nature
13. Which of the following diseases is caused due to SO2?
(c) Both (a) and (b)
I. Digestive diseases
(d) It increase the chance of heart attack
II. Asthma
III. Bronchitis 19. In blood, when concentration of carboxyhaemoglobin
reaches about 3-4%, the oxygen carrying capacity of blood
IV. Emphysema
…A… Here, A refers to
(a) I and II (b) II, III and IV
(a) Increased
(c) III and IV (d) I, II and III
(b) Reduced
14. In an automobile engine, (at high temperature) when fossil
(c) Remains same
fuel is burnt, N2 and O2 combine to yield :
(d) Sometimes (a) and sometimes (b)
(a) NO (b) NO2
20. In pregnant women who have the habit of smoking, the
(c) Both (a) and (b) (d) HNO3
increased CO level in blood may induce harmful effects
15. Which of the following are the harmful effect of nitrogen like :
oxide? (a) Premature birth
I. It retards the rate of photosynthesis (b) Spontaneous abortions
II. It causes respiratory disease in children (c) Deformed babies

III. It is toxic to living tissues. (d) All of these

(a) I and II (b) II and III 21. Which of the following gases cause global warming ?

(c) I, II and III (d) I and III I. CO2 II. O3

16. The false statement among the following is : III. CO IV. Chlorofluorocarbons

(a) The average residence time of NO is one month (a)I, II and III

(b) Limestone acts as a sink for SOx (b) II, III and IV

(c) SOx can be removed from flue gases by passing (c) I, II and IV
through a solution of citrate ions
(d) I, II, III and IV
(d) Ammonia acts as a sink for NOx
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 114

22. Atmospheric gases trap the sun’s heat near the earth’s (a) Dry-deposition
surface and keep it warm. This is called …A… Here A
(b) Wet deposition
refers to
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(a) Natural green house effect
(d) Normal deposition
(b) Tyndall effect
28. Acid rain is harmful for :
(c) Heating effect
I. Agriculture
(d) All of these
II. Aquatic ecosystem
23. Which of the following green house gas is released in
paddy field? III. Buildings and other structures made of stone or metal.

I. CFCs II. CH4 III. SO2 Select the correct option ;

(a) Only I (b) Only II (a) I and II only (b) II and III only

(c) Only III (d) I and II (c) I, II and III (d) I and III only

24. Excess use of chemical fertilizers increases the quantity 29. What do you mean by Taj-Trapezium?
of…A… (air pollutant) in the atmosphere. Here, A refers (a) A Trapezium shaped park inside the Tajmahal
to..
(b) A Trapezium shaped residential colony developed near
(a) Nitrogen oxides (b) Carbon dioxide Tajmahal for promoting greenery
(c) Carbon monoxides (d) Methane (c) A Plan that aims, cleaning the air in an area that includes
25. Rain water is slightly acidic because the towns of Agra, Firozabad, Mathura and Bharatpur

I. Water reacts with CO2 and forms H2CO3 (d) Both (a) and (b)

II. Rain water reacts with CO and forms H2CO3 30. The viable particulate stand for :

Identify the correct option : I. Minute living organisms present in atmosphere

II. Minute non-living particles present in atmosphere
(a) Both I and II are correct
(a) Only I (b) Only II
(b) I is correct and II is incorrect
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I or II
(c) I is incorrect and II is correct
31. Which of the following is not a viable particulates ?
(d) Both I and II are incorrect.
(a) Bacteria (b) Fungi
26. How can we reduce the rate of global warming ?
(c) Molds (d) Mist
(a) By minimizing use of automobiles
32. Non-viable particulates are classified on the basis of :
(b) By avoiding burning of dry leaves
(a) Nature of particle
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(b) Size of particle
(d) None of the above
(c) Both (a) and (b)
27. Aerosol particles of oxides or ammonium salts in rain drops
results in …A… here A refer to. (d) Neither (a) nor (b)
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 115

33. Mist is produced by : 40. Which of the following components of photochemical

smog act as powerful eye irritants?
I. Particles of spray liquids
II. Condensation of vapour in air I. O3 II. PAN III. Hydrocarbon

(a) Only I (b) Only II (a) I, II and III (b) I and II

(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II (c) I and II (d) II and III

34. Herbicides and insecticides are travel through air and form 41. Catalytic converts are used to control…A… Here, A refers
…A… Here A refers to : to
(a) Smoke (b) Dust (a) Photochemical smog
(c) Mist (d) All of these (b) Classical smog

35. The effect of particulate pollutants are largely dependent (c) water pollution
on the …A… Here, A refers to. (d) Acid rain
(a) Particle size (b) Particles nature 42. Which forms the part of hazy fumes of photochemical
(c) Neither (a) nor (b) (d) Particle configuration smog?

36. Photochemical smog has …I… concentration of oxidising (a) SO2 (b) Nitrogen dioxide
agents and is therefore, called as …II… smog. Here, I and
(c) PAN formation (d) Aldehydes
II refer to :
43. Which of the following protect us from the harmful UV-
(a) I  low, II  reducing
radiation coming from the sun?
(b) I  high, II  reducing
I. O2 II. O3
(c) I  high, II  oxidising
III. N2 IV. CO2
(d) I  low, II  oxidising
(a) I and II (b) II and IV
37. Which of the following options represents the PAN?
(c) II only (d) I and IV
(a) CH2O (b) CH2=CH-CHO
44. The disease caused by UV radiation(s) in human is/are:
(c) CH3CH2-O-N=O (d) CH3COONO 2
|| I. Melanoma (skin cancer) II. Heart attack
O
III. Hypertension IV. Cough cold
38. Which of the following are involved in the formation of (a) Only I (b) II, III and IV
PAN?
(c) III and IV (d) I, III and IV
I. NO2 II. O3
45. Which of the following reaction(s) is/are happen during
III. Unburnt hydrocarbon IV. CO2 the formation of O3 layer in stratosphere ?
(a) I and II only (b) I, II and IV (a) O 2 (g )  U
V
O (g ) + O (g )
(c) I, III and IV (d) I, II and III

UV
(b) O (g) + O 2 (g)  O 3 (g)
39. Which of the following is/are common components of
photochemical smog? 
(c) O 3 (g )  
UV
 O 2 (g ) + O (g )

(a) O3 (b) Acrolein (d) All of the above.

(c) PAN (d) All of these

ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 116

46. Ozone is an important constituent of stratosphere because 51. Which of the following is/are the harmful effect(s) of UV
it radiation?
(a) Destroys bacteria which are harmful to human life I. It causes mutation in the cell
(b) Prevents the formation of smog over large cities
II. UV radiation leads to ageing of skin
(c) Removes poisonous gases of the atmosphere by
reacting with them III. It kills many phytoplankton
(d) Absorbs ultraviolet radiation which is harmful to IV. It causes global warming
human life
(a) I and II are correct. III and IV are incorrect
47. How do CFCs cause thinning of ozone layer in the
stratosphere ? (b) I, II and III are correct, IV is incorrect

(a) CFCs are transporting agents for continuously (c) I, II, III and IV are correct
generating chlorine radicals into stratosphere (d) Only II and IV are correct
(b) CFCs are transporting agents for continuously 52. Match the Column I with Column II and choose the correct
generating fluorine radicals into stratosphere option from the codes given below :
(c) Both (a) and (b) Column - I Column - II
A. Gaseous air pollutants 1. CO2
(d) In presence of UV, CFC forms stable compounds which B. Particulate pollutants 2. Smoke
degrade the ozone layer. 3. Smog
4. O3
48. The main reason of ozone layer depletion is :
Codes :
I. release of CFCs
A B
II. release of CO2
(a) 1,2 3,4
III. release of CH4
(b) 2,3 1,4
(a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) 1,4 2,3
(c) Only III (d) I, II and III
(d) 3,4 1,2
49. What will happen to oxygen carrying capacity of blood
when concentration of carboxyhaemoglobin reaches about 53. Match the Column I with Column II and choose the correct
3-4%? option from the codes given below :
Column - I Column - II
(a) Increase A. SO2 1. Binds with haemoglobin
(b) Reduce B. NO2 2. Leads to stiffness of flower
Buds
(c) Remains same C. CO 3. Irritant red haze in the
traffic
(d) First increases and then remains constant
Codes
50. In summer season, nitrogen dioxide and methane reacts
A B C
with …A… and …B… atoms forming chlorine sinks. Here,
(a) 1 2 3
A and B refer to
(b) 3 2 1
(a) A  Chlorine, B  Carbon dioxide (c) 2 3 1
(d) 1 3 4
(b) A  Chlorine monoxide, B  Chlorine

(c) A  Chlorine, B  Chlorine monoxide

(d) A  ozone, B  Chlorine

ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 117
54. The consequence of global warming may be Water Pollution
I. Increase in average temperature of the earth 57. …A… of pollution are those where a source of pollution
II. Melting of Himalayan Glaciers cannot be identified. Here, A refers to :

III. Increased biochemical oxygen demand. (a) Point source

IV. Eutrophication (b) Non-point source

(a) I and III (b) II and IV (c) Both (a) and (b)

(c) I and II (d) I and IV (d) Main source

55. Match Column I with Column II and choose the correct 58. Which of the following is/are the examples of non-point
option from the codes given below. sources of pollution?

Column – I Column – II I. Agricultural run off

A. Acid rain 1. CHCl2 – CHF2
B. Photochemical smog 2. CO II. Acid rain
C. Combination with 3. CO2
Haemoglobin 4. SO2 III. Drainage (from streets, lawns)
D. Depletion of ozone layer 5. Unsaturated hydrocarbons
Codes : (a) I and II
A B C D (b) II and III
(a) 3,4 5,4 2 1 (c) I,II and III
(b) 2 1 3 4 (d) I and III
(c) 1 2 3,4 5,4 59. Eutrophication causes reduction in
(d) 5,4 3,4 2 1 (a) Dissolved oxygen (b) Nutrients
56. Match Column I with Column II and choose the correct (c) Dissolved salts (d) All the above
option from the codes given below.
60. Human excreta contain bacteria such as Escherichia coli
and streptococcus faecalis, which cause
(a) Respiratory diseases
(b) Gastrointestinal diseases
Codes : (c) Hypertension
A B C (d) All of these
(a) 1 2 3 61. The value of BOD of highly polluted water is :
(b) 3 2 1 (a) More than 17 ppm (b) More than 5 ppm

(c) 3 1 2 (c) 1 ppm (d) 5 ppm

(d) 2 1 3
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 118
62. Match the pollutants given in Column I with their effects 66. Fluoride deficiency in drinking water causes :
given in Column II and choose the correct option from the
I. Harmful effect on Bone
codes given below.
II. Tooth decay
III blue baby syndrome
(a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) Only III (d) I and II

67. When fluoride ion concentration in water is more than 2

Codes: ppm then it causes :
A B C D I. Tooth decay
(a) 3 1 4 2,4 II. Brown mottling of teeth
(b) 3 1 2,4 4 III. Harmful effect to bones
(c) 1 3 2,4 4 (a) I and II (b) II and III
(d) 2,4 4 1 3 (c) I, II, and III (d) None of these
63. When domestic sewage mixes with river water. 68. The prescribed upper limit concentration of lead in
(a) Small animals will die after drinking river water drinking water is :

(b) the increased microbial activity releases (a) 50 ppb (b) 2 ppb
micronutrients such as iron
(c) 200 ppb (d) 500 ppb
(c) The increased microbial activity uses up dissolved
oxygen 69. Excess nitrate in drinking causes :

(d) the river water is still suitable for drinking as I. Tooth decay
impurities are only about 0.1% II. Methemoglobinemia
64. Phosphate containing fertilizers cause water pollution. III. Digestive disorder
Addition of such compounds in water bodies causes.
(a) Only I (b) Only II
I. Enhanced growth of algae
(c) Only III (d) II and III
II. decreases amount of dissolved oxygen in water
Soil Pollution and industrial waste
III. deposition of calcium phosphate
70. Most of the organic toxins are water…A…and …B… Here,
IV increase in fish population
A and B refer to.
(a) I and III (b) I, II and IV
(a) A  soluble, B  biodegradable
(c) I and II (d) III and IV
(b) A  soluble, B  non-biodegradable
65. Polychlorinated biphenyl (PCBs) are
(c) A  insoluble, B  non-biodegradable
I. Non-Carcinogenic in nature
(d) A  insoluble, B  biodegradable
II. Carcinogenic in nature
III used to cleansing solvent
(a) I and II are true (b) II and III are true
(c) I and III are true (d) Only I is true.
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 119

71. Match the Column I with the Column II and choose the 75. Match the pollutant(s) in Column I with the effect(s) in
correct option from the codes given below. Column II and choose the correct option from the codes
given below.
Column – I Column – II
A. Domestic sewage 1. Microorganism
B. Nuclear power plant 2. Organic waste
C. Chemical used for killing 3. Radioactive substance
Insects and fungi 4. Pesticides

Codes:

A B C

(a) 1,2 3 4 Codes :

(b) 2 1,3 4 A B C D E
(c) 2,3 4 1 (a) 1 2 3 4 5
(d) 4 2 1,3 (b) 4 5 1 3 2
72. Which of the following is/are example(s) of herbicides? (c) 5 4 1 2 3
(a) Sodium chlorate (b) Sodium arsinite (d) 4 5 2 3 1
(c) Both (a) and (b) (d) KmnO4 Green Chemistry
73. How does electricity produce garbage ?
76. Green chemistry involves :
(a) Garbage is burnt open air
(a) Minimum pollution or deterioration to the
(b) Garbage is cultured with bacteria and produce environment
methane
(b) To excess exploitation of natural resources
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(c) Environment unfriendly and cost-ineffective
(d) The oxidation wastes in open air producer

74. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct (d) To study the reactions in plants
regarding waste management?
77. Why is water a better aqueous medium for most of the
I. Wastes are separated into biodegradable and non- synthetic chemical reactions?
biodegradable wastes
I. Use of water is cost effective
II. Non-biodegradable wastes such as plastic, glass
II. It is devoid of any carcinogenic effects
etc., are sent for recycling.
(a) Only I is correct.
III. Biodegradable wastes are deposited in landfills and
are converted into compost. (b) Only II is correct.

(a) I and II (b) II and III (c) Both are correct.

(c) I, II and III (d) I and III (d) Both are incorrect.
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 120
78. “Reducing potentially hazardous waste through smarter Numerical Value Type Questions
production.”. This represents a great step forward for 81. How many of the following greenhouse gas is released in
paddy field?
(a) Green revolution I. CFCs, II. CH4, III. SO2
82. How many are responsible for acid rain?
(b) green chemistry
I. oxides of nitrogen, II. Oxides of Sulphur, III. Methane
(c) Industrial revolution present in air
83. Rainwater is slightly acidic because
(d) Green biotechnology I. water reacts with CO2 and forms H2CO3.
II. rainwater reacts with CO and forms H2CO3.
79. Which type of harm in the environment will be prevented X is incorrect statement and Y is correct statements. Find
by stopping use of tetra-chloroethene? the value of X-Y.
84. The concentration of dissolved oxygen (DO) in cold water
(a) At contaminates the groundwater can go upto ( in ppm):
(b) It is also a suspected carcinogen 85. How many are produced highly hazardous wastes?
I. domestic sewage
(c) Both (a) and (b) II. manure
III. animal excrete
(d) None of the above IV. pesticides
V. nuclear wastes
80. Match the Column I and Column II and choose the
correct option from the codes given below :

Codes :

A B C

(a) 1 2 3

(b) 3 2 1

(c) 2 3 1

(d) 1 3 2
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 121

EXERCISE – 2: PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

1. Some gases are responsible for heating of atmosphere (a) HOCl, HNO3, Cl2
(green house effect). (b) Cl2, HNO3, HOCl
Identify from the following the gaseous species (c) HClO2, HNO2, HOCl
which does not cause it. (JEE Main 2022) (d) HOCl, HNO2, Cl2O
(a) CH4 (b) O3 8. Given below are two Statements:
(c) H2O (d) N2 Statement I: Classical smog occurs in cool humid
2. Which one of the following elemental forms is not climate. It is a reducing mixture of smoke, fog and
present in the enamel of the teeth ? sulphur dioxide.
(JEE Main 2022) Statement II: Photochemical smog has components,
(a) Ca2+ (b) P3+ ozone, nitric oxide, acrolein, formaldehyde, PAN etc.
(c) F– (d) P5+ In the light of the above statements, choose the most
3. The eutrophication of water body results in: appropriate answer from the options given below:
(JEE Main 2022) (JEE Main 2022)
(a) loss of Biodiversity (a) Both Statement I and Statement II are correct
(b) breakdown of organic matter (b) Both Statement I and Statement II are incorrect
(c) increase in biodiversity (c) Statement I is correct but Statement II is incorrect
(d) decrease in BOD (d) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is correct
4. Given below are two statements: one is labelled as 9. Which amongst the following is not a pesticide?
Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. (JEE Main 2022)
Assertion A: Polluted water may have a value of (a) DDT
BOD of the order of 17 ppm. (b) Organophosphates
Reason R: BOD is a measure of oxygen required to (c) Dieldrin
oxidise both the bio-degradable and non- (d) Sodium arsenite
biodegradable organic material in water. 10. Correct statement about photo-chemical smog is:
In the light of the above statements, choose the most (JEE Main 2022)
appropriate answer from the options given below. (a) It occurs in humid climate
(JEE Main 2022) (b) It is a mixture of smoke, fog and SO2
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct (c) It is a reducing smog
explanation of A. (d) It results from reaction of unsaturated
(b) Both A and R are correct but R is NOT the hydrocarbons
correct explanation of A. 11. The acid that is believed to be mainly responsible for
(c) A is correct but R is not correct. the damage of Taj Mahal is (JEE Main 2022)
(d) A is not correct but R is correct
(a) sulphuric acid
5. Polar stratospheric clouds facilitate the formation of:
(JEE Main 2022) (b) hydrofluoric acid
(a) ClONO2 (b) HOCl (c) phosphoric acid
(c) ClO (d) CH4
(d) hydrochloric acid
6. The measured BOD values for four different water
samples (A-D) are as follows: A = 3 ppm; B = 18 12. Sulphur dioxide is one of the components of polluted
ppm; C = 21 ppm; D = 4 ppm. The water samples air. SO2 is also a major contributor to acid rain. The
which can be called as highly polluted with organic
correct and complete reaction to represent acid rain
wastes, are (JEE Main 2022)
(a) A and B (b) A and D caused by SO2 is (JEE Main 2022)
(c) B and C (d) B and D (a) 2SO2 + O2 → 2SO3
7. On the surface of polar stratospheric clouds, (b) SO2 + O3 → SO3 + O2
hydrolysis of chlorine nitrate gives A and B while its
reaction with HCl produces B and C. A, B and C are, (c) SO2 + H2O2 → H2SO4
respectively (JEE Main 2022) (d) 2SO2 + O2 + 2H2O → 2H2SO4
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 122

13. The photochemical smog does not generally contain: Statement II: The fuel obtained from plastic waste is
(JEE Main 2022) lead free.
In the light of the above statements, choose the most
(a) NO (b) NO2
appropriate answer from the options given below:
(c) SO2 (d) HCHO (JEE Main 2022)
14. Match List I with List II. (a) Both Statement I and Statement II are correct
List–I List–II (b) Both Statement I and Statement II are incorrect
A. Sulphate I. Pesticide (c) Statement I is correct but Statement II is
B. Fluoride II. Bending of bones incorrect
C. Nicotine III. Laxative effect (d) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is
correct
D. Sodium arsinite IV. Herbicide
19. Given below are two statements: (JEE Main 2022)
Choose the correct answer from the options given
Statement I: In polluted water values of both
below: (JEE Main 2022)
dissolved oxygen and BOD are very low.
(a) A-II, B-III, C-IV, D-I
Statement II: Eutrophication results in decrease in
(b) A-IV, B-III, C-II, D-I
the amount of dissolved oxygen.
(c) A-III, B-II, C-I, D-IV
In the light of the above statements, choose the most
(d) A-III, B-II, C-IV, D-I
•
appropriate answer from the options given below:
15. C l + CH4 → A + B (a) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
A and B in the above atmospheric reaction step are (b) Both Statement I and Statement II are false
(JEE Main 2022) (c) Statement I is true but Statement II is false
• (d) Statement I is false but Statement II is true
(a) C2H6 and Cl2 (b) C HCl2 and H2
20. Which among the following pairs has only
•
(c) C H 3 and HCl (d) C2H6 and HCl herbicides? (JEE Main 2022)
(a) Aldrin and Dieldrin
16. Match List I with List II
(b) Sodium chlorate and Aldrin
List I (Pollutant) List II (Source)
(c) Sodium arsinate and Dieldrin
A. Microorganisms I. Strip mining
(d) Sodium chlorate and sodium arsinite.
B. Plant nutrients II. Domestic sewage
21. Correct statement is : (JEE Main 2023)
C. Toxic heavy metals III. Chemical fertilizer
(a) An average human being consumes more food
D. Sediment IV. Chemical factory than air
Choose the correct answer from the options given (b) An average human being consumes nearly 15
below : (JEE Main 2022)
times more air than food
(a) A-II, B-III, C-IV, D-I
(b) A-II, B-I, C-IV, D-III (c) An average human being consumes equal
(c) A-I, B-IV, C-II, D-III amount of food and air
(d) A-I, B-IV, C-III, D-II (d) An average human being consumes 100 times
17. Match List I with List II more air than food
List I (Pollutant) List II (Disease /sickness) 22. Some reactions of NO2 relevant to photochemical
A. Sulphate (>500 ppm) I. Methemoglobinemia smog formation are
B. Nitrate (>50 ppm) II. Brown mottling of teeth
C. Lead (> 50 ppb) III. Laxative effect
D. Fluoride (>2 ppm) IV. Kidney damage
Choose the correct answer from the options given
below: (JEE Main 2022)
(a) A-IV, B –I, C-II, D-III Identify A, B, X and Y (JEE Main 2023)
(b) A-III, B –I, C-IV, D-II (a) X = [O], Y = NO, A = O2, B = O3
(c) A-II, B –IV, C-I, D-III
(b) X = N2O, Y = [O], A = O3, B = NO
(d) A-II, B –IV, C-III, D-I
18. Given below are two statements: 1
(c) X = O2, Y = NO2, A = O3, B = O2
Statement I: The non bio-degradable fly ash and 2
slag from steel industry can be used by cement (d) X = NO, Y = [O], A = O2, B = N2O3
industry.
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 123

23. A. Ammonium salts produce haze in atmosphere. 29. The normal rain water is slightly acidic and its pH
B. Ozone gets produced when atmospheric oxygen value is 5.6 because of which one of the following?
reacts with chlorine radicals. (JEE Main 2023)
C. Polychlorinated biphenyls act as cleansing (a) CO2 + H2O → H2CO3
solvents. (b) 4NO2 + O2 + 2H2O → 4HNO3
D. ‘Blue baby’ syndrome occurs due to the presence (c) 2SO2 + O2 + 2H2O → 2H2SO4
of excess of sulphate ions in water. (d) N2O5 + H2O → 2HNO3
Choose the correct answer from the options given 30. How can photochemical smog be controlled?
below:- (JEE Main 2023) (JEE Main 2023)
(a) A, B and C only (b) B and C only (a) By using tall chimneys
(c) A and D only (d) A and C only (b) By complete combustion of fuel
24. Correct statement about smog is (JEE Main 2023) (c) By using catalytic converters in the
(a) NO2 is present in classical smog automobiles/industry
(b) Both NO2 and SO2 are present in classical smog (d) By using catalyst
(c) Photochemical smog has high concentration of 31. The industrial activity held least responsible for
oxidizing agents global warming is : (JEE Main 2023)
(d) Classical smog also has high concentration of (a) manufacturing of cement
oxidizing agents (b) steel manufacturing
25. The concentration of dissolved Oxygen in water for (c) Electricity generation in thermal power plants
growth of fish should be more than X ppm and (d) Industrial production of urea
Biochemical Oxygen Demand in clean water should 32. The possibility of photochemical smog formation is
be less than Y ppm. X and Y in ppm are, more at (JEE Main 2023)
(JEE Main 2023) (a) Himalayan villages in winter
(a) X-6, Y-5 (b) X-4, Y-8 (b) The places with healthy vegetation
(c) X-4, Y-15 (d) X-6, Y-12 (c) Industrial areas
26. Formation of photochemical smog involves the (d) Marshy lands
following reaction in which A, B and C are 33. The group of chemicals used as pesticide is
respectively. (JEE Main 2023)
(i) NO2  h
A+B (a) Dieldrin, Sodium arsinite, Tetrachloroethene
(ii) B + O2  C (b) DDT, Aldrin
(c) Aldrin, Sodium chlorate, Sodium arsinite
(iii) A + C  NO2 + O2
(d) Sodium chlorate, DDT, PAN
Choose the correct answer from the options given
34. Match List I with List II:
below: (JEE Main 2023)
(a) O, NO & NO3 (b) O, N2O & NO List II (Maximum allowed
List I
concentration in ppm in
(c) N, O2 & O3 (d) NO, O & O3 (Species)
drinking water)
27. The water quality of a pond was analysed and its
BOD was found to be 4. The pond has I.  50ppm
A. F
(JEE Main 2023)
(a) Highly polluted water B. SO24  II.  5 ppm
(b) Water has high amount of fluoride compounds
(c) Very clean water
C. NO3 III.  2 ppm
(d) Slightly polluted water
28. Identify X, Y and Z in the following reaction. IV.  500ppm
D. Zn
(Equation not balanced)
•
H 2O
Choose the correct answer from the options given
Cl O  NO2  X   Y  Z (JEE Main 2023) below: (JEE Main 2023)
(a) X = ClONO2, Y = HOCl, Z = NO2 (a) A-I, B-II, C-III, D-IV
(b) X = ClNO2, Y = HCl, Z = HNO3 (b) A-IV, B-III, C-II, D-I
(c) X = ClONO2, Y = HOCl, Z = HNO3 (c) A-II, B-I, C-III, D-IV
(d) X = ClNO3, Y = Cl2, Z = NO2 (d) A-III, B-IV, C-I, D-II
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 124

35. Which of these reactions is not a part of breakdown 39. Which of the following compounds is an example of
of ozone in stratosphere? (JEE Main 2023) Freon? (JEE Main 2023)
  (a) C 2 H 2 F2 (b) C 2 HF3
(a) C l  g   O3  g   Cl O  g   O2  g 
(c) C 2 F4 (d) C 2 Cl 2 F2
 
(b) 2C l O  ClO 2  g   C l  g  40. Match List I with List II.
 
List I List II
(c) CF2 Cl2  g  
UV
 C l  g   C F2 Cl  g 
  A.Nitrogen oxides
(d) Cl O  g   O  g   C l  g   O 2  g  in air
I.Eutrophication
36. Match List I with List II.
II.pH of rain water
List I List II B.Methane in air
becomes 5.6
(Industry) (Waste Generated)
C.Carbon dioxide III.Global warming
(A) Steel plants (I) Gypsum
D.Phosphate
(B) Thermal IV.Acid rain
(II) Fly ash fertilisers in water
power plants
Choose the correct answer from the options given
(C) Fertilizer below: (JEE Main 2023)
(III) Slag
industries (a) A - IV, B - III, C - II, D - I
(b) A - II, B - III, C - I, D - IV
(IV) Bio-degradable
(D) Paper mills (c) A - I, B - II, C - III, D - IV
wastes
(d) A - IV, B - II, C - III, D - I
Choose the correct answer from the options given 41. The possibility of photochemical smog formation will
below: (JEE Main 2023) be minimum at (JEE Main 2023)
(a) (A)-(IV), (B)-(I), (C)-(II), (D)-(III) (a) Srinagar, Jammu and Kashmir in January
(b) (A)-(III), (B)-(IV), (C)-(I), (D)-(II) (b) Kolkata in October
(c) (A)-(III), (B)-(II), (C)-(I), (D)-(IV) (c) New-Delhi in August (Summer)
(d) (A)-(II), (B)-(III), (C)-(IV), (D)-(I) (d) Mumbai in May
37. The delicate balance of CO2 and O 2 is NOT 42. The radical which mainly causes ozone depletion in
disturbed by (JEE Main 2023) the presence of UV radiations is (JEE Main 2023)
(a) Burning of Coal (a) Cl (b) NO
(b) Respiration 
(c) CH3 (d) O H
(c) Burning of petroleum
(d) Deforestation 43. Which of the following are the Green house gases?
38. Given below are two statements: A. Water vapour
Statement I: If BOD is 4ppm and dissolved oxygen B. Ozone
is 8ppm , then it is a good quality water. C. I 2

Statement II: If the concentration of zinc and nitrate D. Molecular hydrogen

salts are 5ppm each, then it can be a good quality Choose the most appropriate answer from the options
given below: (JEE Main 2023)
water.
(a) B and C only (b) A and B only
In the light of the above statements, choose the most
(c) A and D only (d) C and D only
appropriate answer from the options given below:
(JEE Main 2023)
(a) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is correct
(b) Both the statements I and II are correct
(c) Statement I is correct but Statement II is incorrect
(d) Both the statements I and II are incorrect
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY 125

Find Answer Key and Detailed Solutions at the end of this book

ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
Please share your valuable feedback by
scanning the QR code.
ANSWER KEY 126

Answer Key
CHAPTER -12 GASEOUS STATE
EXERCISE - 1 : EXERCISE - 2 :
BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (d) 1. (d) 2. (b) 3. 45 4. 32 5. 9960

6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (d) 6. 4 7. 152 8. 29 9. 22 10. 1655
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (b) 11. 2 12. 8 13. 25 14. 80 15. (a)
16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (c) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (2) 19. (1362) 20. (3)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (a) 21. (1567) 22. (4) 23. (392)
26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (d) 33. (b) 34. (d) 35. (c)
36. (d) 37. (d) 38. (c) 39. (c) 40. (a)
41. (d) 42. (b) 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. (c)
46. (a) 47. (a) 48. (a) 49. (c) 50. (b)
51. (a) 52. (a) 53. (c) 54. (c) 55. (a)
56. (d) 57. (b) 58. (b) 59. (c) 60. (c)
61. (d) 62. (c) 63. (d) 64. (c) 65. (d)
66. (c) 67. (d) 68. (a) 69. (b) 70. (d)
71. (c) 72. (d) 73. (d) 74. (d) 75. (d)
76. (a) 77. (c) 78. (c) 79. (d) 80. (c)
81. (b) 82. (a) 83. (d) 84. (b) 85. (6.00)
86. (1.00) 87. (16) 88. (5.00) 89. (9.00) 90. (10.00)
91. (1.00) 92. (3.00) 93. (2.00) 94. (750) 95. (9.00)
96. (3.00) 97. (60) 98. (8) 99. (7)
ANSWER KEY 127

CHAPTER -12 GASEOUS STATE

EXERCISE - 3 : EXERCISE - 4 :
BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (c) 1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (b)
6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (c) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (a) 11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (d)
16. (d) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (d) 16. (a) 17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (d) 25. (c) 21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (c)
26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (a) 30. (d) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (d) 31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (c) 34. (c) 35. (d)
36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (a,b,c) 40. (b,c,d) 36. (a,b,c) 37. (a,c) 38. (a,c,d) 39.(41.326)
41. (a,d) 42. (a,b,d) 43. (a,c) 44. (a,d) 40. (3.41) 41. (12.18)
45. (b,c) 46. (b,c) 47. (a,b,c,d) 48. (b,c,d) 42.(2.197) 43. (10.00)
49. (a,b,c) 50. (b,d) 51. (a,b,c,d) 52. (a,b,c) 44. (2143.4) 45. (5.231)
53. (9.00)54. (3.00) 55. (9.00) 56. (10.00) 46. (1033) 47.(405.2)
57. (b) 58. (a) 59. (a) 60. (b) 61. (a) 48. (14.00) 49. (123) 50.(6.46) 51.(0.9922)
62. (d) 63. (d) 64. (b) 65. (c) 66. (c) 52. (1.253 53. (4.00) 54.(9.00) 55. (4.00)
67. (d) 68. (d) 69. (A-r; B-s; C-q; D-p) 56. (100) 57. (a) 58. (b)
70. (A-r; B-s; C-q; D-p) 59. (A-p,s; B-r; C-p,q; D-r) 60. (c) 61. (d)
71. (A-q; B-r; C-s; D-p) 74. 900 75.R 76. Inversely, time.
72. (A-r; B-s; C-p; D-q) 77. 0.25 78. 1:16 79. less 80. False
73. (A-r; B-s; C-p; D-q) 81. False 82. False
74. (A-p; B-r; C-q,r; D-s) 75. (b) 76. (a)
77. (a) 78. (b) 79. (b) 80. (b)
ANSWER KEY 128

Answer Key
CHAPTER -13 HYDROGEN
EXERCISE - 1 : EXERCISE - 2 :
BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (d) 1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (b)
6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (d) 11. (c) 12. (c) 13. 4 14. (c) 15. (b)
16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (a)
16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (b)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (a) 26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (d)
26. (d) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (b) 31. (a) 32. (150) 33. (4)
31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (a)
36. (a) 37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (a) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (b)
46. (a) 47. (d) 48. (b) 49. (c) 50. (c)
51. (c) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (a) 55. (c)
56. (d) 57. (b) 58. (d) 59. (a) 60. (b)
61. (16) 62. (100) 63. (2.00) 64. (5) 65. (100)
66. (5.00) 67. (2.00) 68. (40) 69. (3.00) 70. (4.00)
71. (4.00) 72. (30) 73. (4.00)
ANSWER KEY 129

CHAPTER -13 HYDROGEN

EXERCISE - 3 : EXERCISE - 4 :
ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (a) 1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (b,c,d) 5. (c,d)
6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (d) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (b)
16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (a)
26. (a) 27. (a) 28. (a) 29. (c) 30. (d)
31. (c) 32. (d) 33. (b) 34. (d) 35. (a)
36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (a,b,c) 40. (a,b,d)
41. (b,d) 42. (2.00) 43. (1.00) 44. (a) 45. (a)
46. (a) 47. (c) 48. (a) 49. (d) 50. (a)
51. (a) 52. (a) 53. (b) 54. (a)
55. ( A–2; B–1; C–3; D–4)
56. (A–2; B–1; C–3)
57. (A–4; B–3; C–2; D–1)
ANSWER KEY 130

Answer Key
CHAPTER -14 s-BLOCK
EXERCISE - 1 : EXERCISE - 2 :
BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (d)
6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (b) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (d) 11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (b)
16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (c) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. 2 19. (a) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (c) 21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (c)
26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (c) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (a) 31. (c) 32. (d) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (c)
36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (c) 39. (c) 40. (d) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (c) 40. (a)
41. (c) 42. (d) 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. (b) 41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (a) 45. (b)
46. (c) 47. (a) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (a) 46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (b) 49. (d) 50. (b)
51. (b) 52. (a) 53. (a) 54 (c) 55. (d) 51. (d) 52. (d) 53. (c) 54. (a) 55. (a)
56. (d) 57. (b) 58. (b) 59. (c) 60. (b) 56. (b) 57. (d) 58. (d) 59. (3.00) 60. (2.00)
61. (d) 62. (b) 63. (c) 64. (b) 65. (a) 61. (6.00)
66. (b) 67. (a) 68. (b) 69. (b) 70. (d)
71. (b) 72. (d) 73. (a) 74. (a) 75. (c)
76. (a) 77. (a) 78. (a) 79 (c) 80. (4)
81. (5.00) 82. (3.00) 83. (3.00) 84. (6.00) 85. (9.00)
86. (4.00) 87. (6.00) 88. (5.00) 89. (5.00)
ANSWER KEY 131

CHAPTER -14 s-BLOCK

EXERCISE - 3 : EXERCISE - 4 :
ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (d) 1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (b)
6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (a) 6. (a,c) 7. (a,b) 8. (a,b) 9. (b,c,d) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (d) 11. (d)
16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (b)
26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (a, c)
29. (b, c) 30. (a, b, c) 31. (5)
32. (2.00) 33. (2.00) 34. (9) 35. (4)
36. (3) 37. (b) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (c) 44. (d) 45. (a)
46. (c) 47. (c) 48. (a) 49. (c) 50. (b)
ANSWER KEY 132

Answer Key
CHAPTER -15 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
EXERCISE - 1 : EXERCISE - 2 :
BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (c) 1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (b)
6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (a) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (c) 11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (c)
16. (a) 17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (d) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (b) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (a)
26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (a) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (c) 35. (a) 31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (d) 35. (b)
36. (c) 37. (d) 38. (d) 39. (d) 40. (b) 36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (d) 40. (a)
41. (a) 42. (b) 43. (c) 44. (a) 45. (d) 41. (a) 42. (a) 43. (b)
46. (d) 47. (a) 48. (a) 49. (b) 50. (b)
51. (c) 52. (c) 53. (c) 54. (c) 55. (a)
56. (a) 57. (b) 58. (c) 59. (a) 60. (b)
61. (a) 62. (b) 63. (c) 64. (c) 65. (b)
66. (b) 67. (b) 68. (a) 69. (b) 70. (c)
71. (a) 72. (c) 73. (b) 74. (c) 75. (b)
76. (a) 77. (c) 78. (b) 79. (c) 80. (c)
81. (1) 82. (2.00) 83. (0.0) 84. (10.00) 85. (2.00)